{"title":"SFP Modules","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"69\" data-end=\"449\" class=\"\"\u003eLooking for a high-quality SFP module to enhance your network performance? Our expertly curated collection of SFP modules offers the perfect solution for seamless and efficient data transmission. Whether you're upgrading your enterprise network or building a robust system for home or business, our range of SFP modules ensures exceptional compatibility, speed, and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"451\" data-end=\"901\" class=\"\"\u003eSFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable) modules are compact, hot-swappable devices designed to connect network switches, routers, and other networking hardware. They support a variety of applications, from Ethernet and Fibre Channel to SONET\/SDH. Our selection includes SFP modules designed to meet the needs of diverse setups, offering support for single-mode and multi-mode fibers, along with varying transmission speeds, including 1G, 10G, and beyond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"451\" data-end=\"901\" class=\"\"\u003eAt PEGASUSS, we provide SFP modules compatible with leading brands, ensuring seamless integration into your existing network infrastructure. From LC and SC connectors to options for extended transmission distances, our collection is tailored to deliver superior performance under any conditions. Shop Now!\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"hpe-cx-6200f-24g-class-4-poe-4sfp-370w-switch","title":"HPE CX 6200F 24G Class 4 PoE 4SFP+ 370W Switch","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Aruba CX 6200 Switch Series represents a new era of enterprise-ready access networking. Built to power modern branch offices, campuses, and SMB networks, the HPE CX 6200F delivers robust performance, energy-efficient PoE, and a 24-port configuration designed to simplify deployment and day-to-day operations. With 4 SFP+ uplinks and a generous 370W PoE budget, this switch combines reliable power delivery for IP phones, cameras, access points, and other edge devices with intelligent analytics and automation that help IT teams accelerate service delivery, reduce manual tasks, and preserve valuable network resources. It’s engineered to provide enterprise-class access at the edge while keeping management streamlined for growing organizations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e24-port PoE-enabled access layer with class 4 PoE:\u003c\/b\u003e Power up to 24 edge devices—IP cameras, VoIP phones, wireless access points, and sensors—without needing a separate power distribution setup. The class 4 PoE design supports up to 30W per port, enabling a wide array of bandwidth-heavy devices to operate reliably without extra infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-speed 4 x SFP+ uplinks for scalable connectivity:\u003c\/b\u003e Four 10 GbE uplinks provide ample headroom for aggregation, wireless controllers, and high-speed links to distribution switches or core fabric. This makes the CX 6200F well-suited for campus backbones or branch networks where uplink performance matters as you grow.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e4096-bit flow-enabled security and analytics:\u003c\/b\u003e The switch runs Aruba CX OS with built-in analytics, policy-based automation, and deep visibility into network behavior. Expect proactive insights, faster fault detection, and automated remediation that reduce network downtime and administrator toil.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnterprise-class features at the edge:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to deliver reliable L2 switching with essential L3 capabilities where needed, along with intelligent automation for VLANs, QoS, and security policies. This helps ensure consistent performance for business-critical applications and services across multiple sites.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStackable design for scalable growth:\u003c\/b\u003e The CX 6200F family is built to scale with your organization. As your campus or branch network expands, you can extend capacity and simplify management by stacking or clustering switches within the Aruba CX ecosystem, maintaining consistent policies and analytics across devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE CX 6200F 24G Class 4 PoE 4SFP+ 370W Switch\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e HPE CX 6200F\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePort configuration:\u003c\/b\u003e 24 x 1G PoE-enabled ports and 4 x 10 GbE SFP+ uplink ports\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePoE budget:\u003c\/b\u003e 370 watts total capable PoE power\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePoE standards supported:\u003c\/b\u003e IEEE 802.3af\/at on PoE ports to accommodate a wide range of devices (PoE and PoE+)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManagement:\u003c\/b\u003e Aruba CX OS with built-in analytics, automation, and policy-based management\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor:\u003c\/b\u003e 1U rack-mountable fixed switch designed for enterprise edge deployments\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStackability:\u003c\/b\u003e Part of the Aruba CX 6200 family with scalable deployment options across campuses and branch networks\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePerformance characteristics:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for low latency and steady throughput across PoE devices and uplinks to protect application performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install HPE CX 6200F 24G Class 4 PoE 4SFP+ 370W Switch\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the HPE CX 6200F is designed to be straightforward for IT teams familiar with enterprise switches. Plan your placement carefully in a standard 19-inch rack, verify that power infrastructure can deliver the 370W PoE budget, and prepare your IP addressing and VLAN design before connecting devices. Begin by mounting the switch in a secure rack, ensuring proper ventilation for reliability and longevity. Connect the power cable(s) to a suitable power source and turn on the unit to begin post-power-on checks. After the switch powers up, access the management interface via the console or a configured management VLAN to complete initial configuration, including IP addressing, user accounts, and basic security policies. Configure PoE settings to ensure edge devices receive the required power without impacting other network functions. Finally, connect your distribution network or core, apply policies through Aruba CX OS, and verify connectivity, QoS, and security rules on wired and PoE-enabled devices. For ongoing reliability, incorporate firmware updates from Aruba’s lifecycle services and establish routine backups of your configuration to minimize downtime during maintenance or recovery scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBest practices for configuration include segmenting traffic with VLANs aligned to business units, enabling QoS policies for voice and video traffic, and leveraging Aruba’s analytics to monitor port utilization and device health. If you deploy wireless access points or IP cameras, ensure the uplink to the dispersal network is sized to handle peak data loads, and verify PoE budgets meet the power needs of connected devices. For campus environments, consider integrating the CX 6200F with the broader Aruba CX fabric to enable automated policy propagation across switches, simplify troubleshooting, and accelerate root-cause analysis through built-in telemetry and dashboards.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eAdditional installation considerations\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eBefore finalizing the installation, confirm environmental conditions such as temperature and airflow in the rack area to maximize switch longevity. Ensure compliant cable management to prevent interference and maintain clear access to the SFP+ uplink ports for future upgrades. When configuring, leverage the Aruba CX OS features for security, including dynamic access controls, per-port policies, and secure management access. Finally, verify that all PoE-powered devices receive the expected power with minimal ripple or downtime, and perform a basic audit of connected devices to align with your network topology and security posture.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How many PoE ports does the HPE CX 6200F provide?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It provides 24 PoE-enabled ports, designed to power edge devices such as IP phones, cameras, and wireless access points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What uplink options are available on this switch?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The CX 6200F includes 4 x 10 GbE SFP+ uplink ports to support fast aggregation and core connectivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the PoE budget?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The switch has a total PoE budget of 370 watts, enabling reliable power delivery to a broad set of PoE devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this switch suitable for campus or branch deployments?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is designed as an enterprise-class access switch suitable for campuses, branch offices, and SMB networks, featuring analytics and automation to streamline operations across sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it support Aruba CX analytics and automation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. Built-in Aruba CX OS delivers advanced analytics, telemetry, and automation to help identify issues quickly and automate routine tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909212496098,"sku":"7478634","price":4946.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289628_4effcb42-fef5-4e5c-8834-392044f72031.jpg?v=1755125454"},{"product_id":"watchguard-sfp-module","title":"WatchGuard SFP+ Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your network performance with the WatchGuard SFP+ Module, a purpose-built 10GBase-SR transceiver designed for optical-network deployments in data centers, campuses, and enterprise environments. This high-density, plug-and-play module delivers reliable, high-speed connectivity over multimode fiber, enabling seamless data sharing between WatchGuard appliances, switches, and servers. Built for durability and simplicity, the SFP+ SR module supports hot-swapping in compatible devices, minimizing downtime during upgrades and maintenance. With an 850 nm VCSEL transmitter and a compact LC duplex interface, it is optimized for short-reach, high-bandwidth links that form the backbone of modern networks. Whether you’re upgrading a core uplink, expanding a server farm, or refreshing a storage network, the WatchGuard SFP+ Module combines efficiency, interoperability, and value to keep your IT infrastructure fast and future-ready.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e10GBase-SR performance enables full 10 Gigabit Ethernet bandwidth over multimode fiber, delivering fast uplinks, server-to-storage connectivity, and inter-switch links essential for modern data centers and campus networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e850 nm VCSEL transmitter with MMF support makes this transceiver ideal for short-reach deployments using common multimode cabling (50\/125 μm), enabling reliable data transfer across distances typically required in racks, cages, and access layers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play SFP+ form factor ensures straightforward installation and broad compatibility with WatchGuard devices and many other SFP+-capable network equipment, reducing deployment time and simplifying upgrades or expansions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompact, hot-swappable design minimizes service disruption in live environments; swap or upgrade modules without powering down equipment, maintaining uptime for critical business applications and services.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEnergy-conscious operation and robust build quality deliver dependable performance with a favorable total cost of ownership, helping data centers manage thermal profiles and energy consumption while preserving network reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of WatchGuard SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStandard: 10GBASE-SR\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInterface: SFP+ transceiver module\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWavelength: 850 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber Type: Multimode fiber (MMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData Rate: 10 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaximum Link Length: Up to 300 meters on typical MMF installations; actual distance varies with fiber grade and installation practices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOperating Environment: Designed for commercial data-center and enterprise deployments with a broad operating tolerance to support dense, high-availability networks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install WatchGuard SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the WatchGuard SFP+ Module is a straightforward process designed to minimize downtime and maximize uptime. Before you begin, verify that your WatchGuard appliance or switch supports SFP+ modules in the intended slot and confirm compatibility with your existing fiber cabling and network design. Follow these steps to ensure a smooth, reliable installation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower considerations: In most deployments, the module is hot-swappable and can be inserted or removed without powering down the device. If your equipment policy requires, follow standard procedures for live insertion and ESD precautions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSlot access: Locate an available SFP+ slot and remove any protective dust cap from the module bay. Keep the cap handy for replacement if you need to remove the module later.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eModule insertion: Align the WatchGuard SFP+ Module with the slot and gently insert it until it seats with a positive click. Ensure the module is fully seated and the latch is secure as per the device’s user guide.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber termination: Prepare a high-quality multimode fiber link with LC connectors. Clean and inspect fiber ends, align and insert the LC connectors into the module, and route the fiber to the corresponding transceiver or switch at the other end.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVerification and configuration: Power on (or confirm live status if hot-swapped) and access the device management interface to verify the link status. Ensure the port is negotiated at 10 Gbps, configure VLANs, QoS, or any required routing policies, and monitor link health and throughput\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the WatchGuard SFP+ Module used for?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It provides high-speed 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over multimode fiber for WatchGuard appliances and compatible devices, enabling fast uplinks between switches, servers, and storage arrays in data centers and enterprise networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber does it support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports multimode fiber (MMF) with an 850 nm VCSEL transmitter, which is well-suited for short-reach deployments commonly found in data centers and campus networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How far can I run a link with this module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The typical maximum link length is up to 300 meters on standard MMF; the actual distance depends on the fiber grade (OM classification) and installation quality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module compatible with other brands?\u003c\/b\u003e A: SFP+ 10GBase-SR transceivers are widely compatible with many devices that support SFP+ interfaces. Always verify vendor compatibility and any device-specific requirements before deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How can I tell if the module is working correctly?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Check the link indicators on the device, verify the port shows an active 10 Gbps connection in the management interface, and confirm data throughput is stable with minimal error rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WatchGuard","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909219475682,"sku":"4052651","price":330.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290008_bad3d1c4-dd59-4d7e-9ab6-63e372aa40f5.jpg?v=1755126240"},{"product_id":"rocstor-solidconnect-scm20-16-port-poe-gigabit-managed-switch-with-2-gigabit-rj45-2-sfp-ports-y10s010-b1","title":"Rocstor SolidConnect SCM20 16-Port PoE+ Gigabit Managed Switch with 2 Gigabit RJ45 \u0026 2 SFP Ports (Y10S010-B1)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMeet the Rocstor SolidConnect SCM20, a robust Layer 2 (L2) managed PoE+ switch designed to power and connect growing networks with ease. Built for small to mid-size businesses, this 16-port PoE+ switch delivers reliable gigabit performance on every port, while offering flexible uplinks through two Gigabit RJ45 ports and two SFP slots for 1 Gigabit transceivers. The SCM20 makes it simple to deploy IP cameras, VoIP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE-powered devices without the clutter of multiple power sources. Its user-friendly interface helps administrators configure, monitor, and optimize network traffic, ensuring critical applications — from security cameras to voice services — stay responsive and secure. Whether you’re expanding a retail store, upgrading an office floor, or building out a campus network edge, the SCM20 provides scalable, cost-effective power and data delivery in a compact, dependable package.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) across 16 ports enables centralized power delivery to IP cameras, phones, and wireless access points, reducing cable mess and lowering installation time while supporting efficient device management and remote updates. This PoE+ capability helps you deploy essential network devices without needing separate power injectors, making SCM20 ideal for surveillance systems, unified communications, and Wi‑Fi deployments in busy workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVersatile uplinks for flexible topology: two Gigabit RJ45 ports paired with two SFP slots (1 G) give you a range of connection options. Use the RJ45 uplinks for nearby core switches or NAS devices, and add SFP modules for long-distance fiber links or fiber-to-the-desk configurations, enabling scalable, future‑proof network layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePowerful, accessible management: the SCM20 provides straightforward Layer 2 management with an intuitive web-based GUI that simplifies tasks like creating VLANs, applying QoS policies, configuring port security, and monitoring PoE utilization. For administrators who prefer more control, CLI and SNMP support are typically available, making remote management and integration with existing IT monitoring tools seamless.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTraffic optimization and security features: VLAN tagging (802.1Q), QoS to prioritize voice and video traffic, broadcast storm control, and per-port monitoring help protect critical applications and maintain consistent user experiences. These capabilities enable you to segment guest networks from business traffic, ensure high-priority services stay responsive, and quickly pinpoint performance issues before they impact productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompact, flexible deployment: designed to fit office environments and small data rooms, the SCM20 combines a space-efficient footprint with practical mounting options for desk or rack installations. Its robust construction and straightforward configuration help IT teams roll out a reliable, enterprise-grade switch without overhauling existing infrastructure or incurring excessive deployment costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Rocstor SolidConnect SCM20\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e SCM20 SolidConnect 16-Port PoE+ Gigabit Managed Switch (Y10S010-B1)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePorts:\u003c\/b\u003e 16 x PoE+ capable 10\/100\/1000 ports, 2 x Gigabit RJ45 uplink ports, 2 x SFP slots (1 G)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePoE+ Support:\u003c\/b\u003e Power over Ethernet Plus available on all 16 PoE+ ports to power compatible devices directly from the switch\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManagement:\u003c\/b\u003e Layer 2 managed switch with a web-based GUI; optional CLI access and SNMP for monitoring and integration with network management systems\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLayer 2 Features:\u003c\/b\u003e VLAN support (802.1Q), QoS for traffic prioritization, port-based security options, and standard network management capabilities to optimize performance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePerformance:\u003c\/b\u003e Gigabit-class switching per port to handle typical SMB workloads, with dedicated PoE bandwidth for powered devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDeployment:\u003c\/b\u003e Space-efficient form factor suitable for desktop or rack-mount deployments in office and retail environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Rocstor SolidConnect SCM20\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the installation area: ensure proper ventilation and a stable surface or rack space. Keep clear access to power and network cabling to streamline the initial setup and future maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on and connect: plug the SCM20 into a reliable power source. Verify the power LED and basic status indicators to confirm the switch is operating correctly before connecting devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect PoE devices: attach IP cameras, VoIP handsets, wireless access points, and other PoE devices to the 16 PoE+ ports. This allows devices to receive power and data through a single Ethernet connection, simplifying installation and reducing cable clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConfigure uplinks: select your preferred topology by connecting your core network or upstream router to the two Gigabit RJ45 ports or by inserting appropriate SFP transceivers into the two SFP slots for fiber links. This establishes reliable backbone connectivity for traffic distribution between access and core layers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAccess the management interface: use a web browser to access the SCM20’s management GUI (and refer to the user manual for the default IP address and login). Create VLANs, set QoS rules for critical services (voice, video), configure PoE settings, and enable monitoring features. Save configurations and verifyConnectivity by testing key devices and applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMonitor and maintain: regularly check PoE utilization, port status, and error logs through the management interface. Update firmware when available to benefit from security patches, feature enhancements, and performance improvements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat can I power with the SCM20’s PoE+ ports?\u003c\/b\u003e You can power compatible IP cameras, VoIP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE-enabled devices directly from the switch, reducing the need for separate power adapters and simplifying installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow many uplinks does the SCM20 provide?\u003c\/b\u003e The SCM20 includes two Gigabit RJ45 uplink ports and two SFP slots (1 G) to support flexible, scalable connectivity to core networks or fiber backbones.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the SCM20 a Layer 2 switch?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It is designed as a Layer 2 managed PoE+ switch with features like VLAN support, QoS, and monitoring to optimize traffic and improve reliability in SMB networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I manage the SCM20?\u003c\/b\u003e Management is performed through a user-friendly web-based GUI, with CLI and SNMP options typically available for advanced configurations and integration with existing network management systems. Firmware updates are accessible via the management interface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat deployment scenarios is SCM20 best suited for?\u003c\/b\u003e The SCM20 is ideal for small and medium businesses needing centralized PoE power, simplified management, and scalable uplinks for IP surveillance, office telephony, and wireless networks across retail, education, or light data-center edge environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Rocstor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909225046242,"sku":"9199569","price":234.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290847_b1d676fd-05d1-4f29-8413-aaf47b64540d.jpg?v=1755127103"},{"product_id":"startech-com-4k-hdmi-kvm-extender-over-fiber-hdmi-video-usb-over-fiber-up-to-984ft-300m-multimode-10g-mmf-sfp-modules","title":"StarTech.com 4K HDMI KVM Extender over Fiber, HDMI Video \u0026 USB over Fiber, up to 984ft\/300m (MultiMode), 10G MMF SFP+ Modules","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExperience seamless, high-resolution control across distances with the StarTech.com 4K HDMI KVM Extender over Fiber. Designed for data centers, broadcast suites, control rooms, and professional AV environments, this extender transports pristine 4K HDMI video plus keyboard and mouse input signals over a single fiber link. When paired with a KVM switch, it becomes a scalable console extender that lets you manage multiple servers or workstations from a single, centralized console. Built for reliability and performance, it leverages 10G multi-mode fiber with SFP+ modules to deliver crystal-clear visuals, responsive input, and secure, point-to-point connectivity even in mission-critical deployments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTrue 4K HDMI video over fiber\u003c\/b\u003e: Transmit high-resolution HDMI video from your computer to a remote display with exceptional color accuracy and detail, preserving 4K quality across the link.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUSB HID support for seamless input\u003c\/b\u003e: Three USB HID ports on the extender provide low-latency access for keyboard, mouse, and essential USB peripherals at the remote console, enabling a native feel for responsive control.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-distance fiber extension\u003c\/b\u003e: Extend HDMI and USB signals up to 984 ft (300 m) over multi-mode fiber, ideal for data centers, labs, and broadcast environments where components must be physically separated.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e10G MMF SFP+ modular connectivity\u003c\/b\u003e: Uses 10G multi-mode fiber with SFP+ modules, delivering high bandwidth and robust performance while preserving signal integrity over the link.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePoint-to-point with scalable KVM capabilities\u003c\/b\u003e: Designed as a pair in a point-to-point setup, it can be combined with a KVM switch to manage multiple computers from a single console, simplifying workflows and reducing clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com 4K HDMI KVM Extender over Fiber\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVideo support:\u003c\/b\u003e Transmits HDMI video compatible with 4K resolution across the fiber link, ensuring sharp, lifelike imagery for professional applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDistance:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 984 ft \/ 300 m over Multi-Mode fiber, enabling flexible room layouts and centralized control rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber technology:\u003c\/b\u003e 10G Multi-Mode Fiber (MMF) with SFP+ modules required on both ends to establish the high-speed connection.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUSB signaling:\u003c\/b\u003e Three USB HID ports provide keyboard, mouse, and select USB HID device support at the remote console for a native user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eArchitecture:\u003c\/b\u003e Point-to-point extender designed to work standalone or in conjunction with a KVM switch to connect multiple computers to a single console.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to integrate with StarTech’s KVM ecosystem and HDMI-compliant devices, ensuring broad compatibility with standard peripherals and displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install StarTech.com 4K HDMI KVM Extender over Fiber\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the transmitter (TX) and receiver (RX) units by ensuring you have the included or compatible 10G MMF SFP+ modules on each end.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the HDMI output from your computer to the transmitter’s HDMI input, and connect your HDMI display to the receiver’s HDMI output at the remote console.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute your USB peripherals to the transmitter’s USB HID ports to enable keyboard, mouse, and additional HID devices at the console side, while keeping the remote display behavior synchronized with input actions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInstall a single multi-mode fiber cable between the SFP+ modules on the TX and RX units, ensuring a clean, secure connection and proper fiber handling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower both units with their respective power supplies and, if using with a KVM switch, connect the local computer(s) through the KVM switch to the transmitter as directed by your switch’s configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIf needed, configure any KVM switch settings to enable seamless switching between connected computers, then verify video and input latency by exercising sample tasks across the console and remote display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does this extender ship with?\u003c\/b\u003e The kit includes the HDMI KVM extender units, 10G MMF SFP+ modules, and fiber cables required to establish a high-speed point-to-point link between host and console. Additional accessories may be required for your specific deployment, such as a KVM switch to manage multiple computers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat distance can I expect?\u003c\/b\u003e The system supports up to 984 ft (300 m) over Multi-Mode fiber, making it suitable for bulkhead-to-control-room installations and floor-to-floor deployments in office or data center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan I use this with multiple computers?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. When paired with a KVM switch, the extender enables you to control multiple hosts from a single console, simplifying operations in environments with many servers or workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs 4K video supported?\u003c\/b\u003e The extender is designed for 4K HDMI video, delivering high-resolution imagery to the remote display while maintaining synchronization with input devices for a cohesive user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDo I need special cables?\u003c\/b\u003e You’ll need a compatible 10G multimode fiber cable with SFP+ modules on both ends. Ensure your fiber is rated for the distance and connector style required by the SFP+ modules.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDo I need drivers?\u003c\/b\u003e No separate drivers are typically required; the extender operates with standard HDMI video paths and USB HID interfaces, functioning as a plug-and-play component within a compatible KVM setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909286682850,"sku":"6341313","price":779.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175291504_dd25bcf6-42f9-41d3-ba68-db7512396215.jpg?v=1755133907"},{"product_id":"hpe-upgrade-license-with-24x-32-gbit-sec-sfp28-transceiver","title":"HPE Upgrade License with 24x 32 Gbit\/sec SFP28 Transceiver","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eUnlock the full potential of your HPE storage area network with this comprehensive upgrade kit. The HPE Upgrade License with 24x 32 Gbit\/sec SFP28 Transceiver is engineered to enhance Fibre Channel performance across your SAN fabric, delivering higher bandwidth, lower latency, and greater scalability for enterprise workloads. This kit combines a robust upgrade license for compatible HPE switches with a complete set of 24 SFP28 transceivers, providing a streamlined, one-stop solution for expanding capacity and optimizing data center storage connectivity. Whether you’re modernizing a single switch or upgrading an entire fabric, this bundle is designed to help you achieve faster data transfer rates, improved I\/O efficiency, and stronger future-proofing for growing storage demands.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-bandwidth 32 Gbit\/s per port\u003c\/b\u003e – The included SFP28 transceivers are designed to deliver full 32 Gbit\/s Fibre Channel performance per port, empowering you to move large data sets quickly and efficiently. With 24 ports covered by this kit, your storage network can sustain peak throughput for databases, virtualization, backup, and analytics workloads without bottlenecks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeamless upgrade for HPE SN6650B\u003c\/b\u003e – Specifically tailored for the HPE SN6650B switch family, this upgrade license unlocks enhanced Fibre Channel capabilities within your existing fabric. It enables you to realize higher aggregate bandwidth and improved fabric efficiency without requiring a full hardware replacement, preserving your current investment while delivering tangible performance gains.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive licensing bundle\u003c\/b\u003e – The upgrade license is packaged together with 24 SFP28 transceivers in a single, ready-to-deploy kit. This simplifies procurement, reduces procurement-cycle complexity, and ensures you have all the necessary components on hand for rapid deployment and activation in your SAN environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow latency, high reliability\u003c\/b\u003e – Designed to optimize I\/O performance, the kit helps minimize latency and ensure predictable, consistent response times for storage workloads. This translates to quicker backup windows, faster disaster recovery testing, and smoother application performance in virtualized and database-heavy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFuture-proof scalability\u003c\/b\u003e – Engineered to grow with your data center, the kit supports expanding port counts and increasing throughput as your storage needs evolve. The combination of licensing and transceivers provides a flexible path to higher speeds and larger fabrics while remaining compatible with a wide range of HPE storage networking ecosystems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Upgrade License with 24x 32 Gbit\/sec SFP28 Transceiver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet this information from the \"specifications\" section of the product from https:\/\/ec.synnex.com\/ using product \"UPC\" or \"SKU\" as reference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install HPE Upgrade License with 24x 32 Gbit\/sec SFP28 Transceiver\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing for installation ensures a smooth transition to higher SAN performance. Follow these steps to install and activate your upgrade kit effectively, while adhering to your data center’s change management and facility guidelines. Proper handling and configuration are essential to maximize the benefits of 32 Gbit\/s Fibre Channel and to maintain fabric stability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm compatibility and prerequisites\u003c\/b\u003e – Validate that your HPE SN6650B switch model and current firmware version support the 24x 32 Gbit\/sec SFP28 transceivers and the upgrade license. Review HPE’s compatibility matrix for your exact hardware revision, and ensure your licensing entitlements cover this upgrade. Gather the UPC\/SKU references and license keys as needed for activation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlan the deployment\u003c\/b\u003e – Identify the ports that will be upgraded and schedule a maintenance window if required. Prepare spare fiber cables and ensure that the data center power and cooling are stable. Establish a rollback plan in case unexpected issues arise during activation or testing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstall transceiver modules\u003c\/b\u003e – Power down or place the target switch ports into a safe maintenance mode as directed by the hardware guide. Insert the 24 SFP28 transceivers into the appropriate SFP28 slots on the SN6650B, making sure each module is firmly seated and aligned. Route and secure fiber connections, verifying connectors for cleanliness and proper termination to prevent signal loss.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApply and activate the upgrade license\u003c\/b\u003e – Access the HPE management interface or licensing portal specified for your environment. Enter or import the upgrade license key and initiate activation across the intended fabric. Monitor the license status until all affected ports display an active entitlement. If the system prompts for firmware alignment, apply compatible microcode revisions as required to support 32 Gbit\/s operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfigure, validate, and monitor\u003c\/b\u003e – Configure the affected ports to operate at 32 Gbit\/s where appropriate, and implement any fabric zoning or FC switch-fabric policies necessary for your environment. Run connectivity tests, reachability checks, and throughput benchmarks to confirm full bandwidth capability. Monitor error counters, BER, frame rate, and latency to ensure stable operation after activation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What exactly is included in this kit?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The kit includes an HPE upgrade license designed to enable 32 Gbit\/s Fibre Channel on compatible switches, along with 24 SFP28 transceiver modules ready for deployment in your HPE SAN fabric. It is tailored for use with HPE SN6650B switches and related storage networking environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this upgrade compatible with all HPE storage switches?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Compatibility depends on your specific switch model, firmware version, and licensing entitlements. This kit is designed for the SN6650B family and similar platforms as defined by HPE. Always verify with the official HPE compatibility matrix before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need additional licenses beyond this kit?\u003c\/b\u003e A: In some cases, additional licenses or feature activations may be necessary depending on your current SAN topology and existing entitlements. This kit provides the upgrade license and transceivers required to enable 24x 32 Gbit\/s FC ports on supported platforms, but consult with your HPE account representative to confirm any supplementary requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What warranty or support is included?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Warranty and support terms vary by region and purchasing arrangement. The kit typically includes standard vendor warranty with options for extended support or premium services through your authorized reseller or HPE. \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Will upgrading to 32 Gbit\/s FC improve my storage performance?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Upgrading to 32 Gbit\/s Fibre Channel can significantly improve throughput and reduce latency for data-intensive workloads, such as large-scale databases, real-time analytics, virtualization, and backups. If your SAN traffic involves high-volume transfers or bandwidth-constrained paths, this upgrade can deliver meaningful performance gains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Hewlett Packard Enterprise","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909380006114,"sku":"9107654","price":101711.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175296523_2b399eea-a10f-4d77-b332-ad9fe3f2630b.jpg?v=1755138525"},{"product_id":"startech-com-brocade-xbr-000182-compatible-sfp-module-10gbase-lr-10ge-sfp-10gbe-single-mode-fiber-smf-optic-transceiver-10km-ddm","title":"StarTech.com Brocade XBR-000182 Compatible SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-LR - 10GE SFP+ 10GbE Single Mode Fiber SMF Optic Transceiver - 10km DDM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe StarTech.com Brocade XBR-000182 Compatible SFP+ Module delivers reliable, high-performance 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over fiber, specifically designed to work with Brocade XBR-000182 devices. Engineered to meet the demands of modern data centers and enterprise networks, this 10GBASE-LR SFP+ transceiver enables long-range communication over single-mode fiber with precision, efficiency, and ease of integration. With Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM), a compact SFP+ form factor, and a vendor-agnostic approach to compatibility, it unlocks flexible upgrade paths and seamless network expansion without changing your existing switching or routing infrastructure. If you’re looking to extend network reach to 10 kilometers, support for 10GbE, and reliable, plug-and-play operation, this module is designed to deliver consistent performance in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUncompromising 10GbE performance with 10GBASE-LR support over single-mode fiber, ideal for backbone connections, data center interconnects, and campus networks. This SFP+ transceiver handles up to 10 gigabits per second with stable, low-latency transmission, ensuring smooth data flow between switches, routers, and storage networks. With industry-standard 1310 nm operation, you gain robust long-distance connectivity while minimizing dispersion and attenuation over SMF links. The module is designed for enterprise-grade reliability and scalable network growth, making it a smart choice for upgrade projects and new deployments alike.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLong-range reach of up to 10 kilometers (approximately 6.2 miles) over single-mode fiber, enabling efficient remote connectivity without mid-span amplification. The extended distance helps you consolidate fiber runs, reduce the number of intermediate devices, and optimize routing paths between core network components. Ideal for data centers with distributed racks, metropolitan area networks, and inter-building links where shorter copper alternatives fall short, this transceiver preserves bandwidth and performance across substantial distances.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDDM-enabled monitoring and diagnostics to simplify maintenance and troubleshooting. Digital Diagnostics Monitoring provides real-time information about critical operating parameters such as optical power, temperature, and supply voltage. With DDM, network administrators can proactively detect issues, tune performance, and plan replacements before problems impact service levels. This feature enhances visibility, reduces mean time to repair (MTTR), and supports proactive capacity planning in high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play compatibility with Brocade XBR-000182 devices and a broad range of 10GBASE-LR-capable switches and routers. While designed to be specifically compatible with Brocade hardware, this StarTech module adheres to industry standards for SFP+ connectivity, enabling flexible use within mixed-vendor environments. The absence of complex configuration requirements means IT teams can deploy quickly, minimize downtime, and preserve existing network topologies while upgrading the fiber backbone.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable, hot-swappable SFP+ form factor with robust build quality and continuous operation in data-center conditions. The module is designed for frequent removal and replacement without disrupting adjacent equipment, supporting maintenance windows and fleet upgrades. Its compact footprint fits standard SFP+ slots, ensuring a clean, organized rack installation and easy field replacement under typical data center temperature and humidity ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Brocade XBR-000182 Compatible SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStandard: 10GBASE-LR (10 Gigabit Ethernet over Single-Mode Fiber)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData Rate: 10 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWavelength: 1310 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber Type: Single-Mode Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: XBR-000182 compatible SFP+ module (StarTech equivalent)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDDM: Yes, Digital Diagnostics Monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm Factor: SFP+ hot-swappable transceiver\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaximum Distance: Up to 10 km over SMF\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOperating Conditions: Designed for standard data-center environments and commercial-grade equipment\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompliance: RoHS compliant and built to meet network industry standards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWarranty: Backed by StarTech’s warranty and support programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Brocade XBR-000182 Compatible SFP+ Module\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down the network device or ensure a maintenance window before installation to prevent any potential disruption to live traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify an available SFP+ slot in the switch or router that accepts a standard SFP+ transceiver and aligns with your existing Brocade or compatible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGently insert the SFP+ module into the slot with the clip aligned and the connector facing the back of the device. Apply even pressure until you hear or feel a secure click indicating proper seating.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect a single-mode fiber patch cord using LC duplex connectors. Ensure the transmitter (TX) and receiver (RX) ends are correctly matched to the corresponding ports on the network devices to maintain proper link integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device and check the link status on the management interface. Verify that the port negotiates to 10 Gbps and shows an active link with no error indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEnable the appropriate interface on your switch or router and configure any required VLANs, spanning-tree settings, and traffic policies. If your network uses DDM, monitor the optical parameters to confirm stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePeriodically verify the link health using the management tools provided by your devices. If performance issues arise, consult the DDM readouts for power levels and temperature, and re-seat the module if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDocument the upgrade or replacement, noting the Brow or model compatibility, the distance to the destination device, and the fiber path to facilitate future maintenance and audits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module compatible with Brocade XBR-000182 switches and routers?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The StarTech.com SFP+ module is designed to be compatible with Brocade XBR-000182-compatible devices, delivering 10GBASE-LR connectivity through a standard SFP+ interface. It provides a cost-effective way to extend fiber connectivity without replacing your existing hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What distance can I expect with this transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module supports up to 10 kilometers on single-mode fiber, depending on the quality of the fiber, connectors, and the link budget. For longer distances, ensure low-loss fiber and proper splicing to maintain signal integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the transceiver support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM)?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. DDM is included, providing real-time monitoring of optical power, temperature, and other critical parameters to help with proactive maintenance and performance optimization.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber and connectors are used?\u003c\/b\u003e A: This is a 10GBASE-LR transceiver designed for single-mode fiber with LC duplex connectors, suitable for long-range fiber links in data centers and campus networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mix this module with different vendors in a multi-vendor environment?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module is designed to be compatible with Brocade XBR-000182 systems and adheres to standard SFP+ specifications. In mixed-vendor environments, verify cross-compatibility with your specific hardware, and conduct testing during deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation difficult for non-technical staff?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The installation is straightforward and designed to be plug-and-play. With a few simple steps—power down, insert, connect fiber, power up, and verify link—you can complete most installations without specialized tools.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What about warranty and support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: StarTech provides warranty coverage and access to technical support. Always check current warranty terms for your region and product variant for the most accurate information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909388493026,"sku":"5704061","price":34.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175291323_63f0cdc2-e858-4d32-94e4-48e23ee3e3ec.jpg?v=1755139448"},{"product_id":"accortec-sfp-mini-gbic-module-dwdm-5898-comp-xcvr","title":"Accortec Sfp Mini Gbic Module Dwdm 5898 Comp Xcvr","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Accortec SFP (mini-GBIC) Module is a compact, hot-swappable optical transceiver engineered to deliver reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over DWDM-enabled single-mode fiber. Designed for seamless integration in standard SFP ports on switches, routers, and media converters, this module empowers data centers and campus networks to scale capacity with minimal downtime. Its DWDM capability, combined with a dense, plug-and-play form factor, makes it an ideal solution for efficient long-haul connectivity in space-constrained environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1000Base-DWDM over single-mode fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Extend your network capacity by leveraging dense wavelength division multiplexing on existing fiber, enabling efficient long-haul gigabit transmissions without rewiring infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLC duplex connector:\u003c\/b\u003e A universal, reliable fiber interface that is simple to install and maintain, ensuring a stable and clean optical connection.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact SFP (mini-GBIC) form factor:\u003c\/b\u003e A space-saving transceiver that fits into dense, high-port deployments such as data centers and enterprise campuses, keeping racks compact and scalable.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable convenience:\u003c\/b\u003e Drop the module into a compatible SFP port without powering down equipment in most cases, reducing downtime during routine maintenance or upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for data networking:\u003c\/b\u003e Rugged construction and compatibility with standard SFP slots, making it suitable for switching, routing, and transport applications demanding dependable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of Accortec SFP (mini-GBIC) Module\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP (mini-GBIC)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface:\u003c\/b\u003e 1000Base‑DWDM over single‑mode fiber\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 Gbps (Gigabit Ethernet)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e DWDM channel specifications vary by deployment\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperating environment:\u003c\/b\u003e Standard commercial temperature range suitable for data centers and office networks\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to fit into standard SFP slots on compatible network devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eHow to Install Accortec SFP (mini-GBIC) Module\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down is not required for most modern switches and routers, but verify your device’s hot‑swap policy and maintenance guidelines before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify a vacant SFP port that supports 1000Base‑DWDM or Gigabit Ethernet, and ensure the device firmware is up to date to guarantee DWDM compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCarefully align the Accortec SFP module with the slot, making sure the notch on the module faces the connector inside the bay to avoid damage.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGently insert the module into the SFP port until it seats with a distinct click, then secure any protective covers or latches as provided by the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the fiber optic patch cords using LC duplex cleanly and securely; verify the fiber type is single‑mode and the cables are clean and undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device (if required) and check link LEDs on both the transceiver and the switch\/router port; verify that the 1 Gbps link is established and stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What networks is the Accortec SFP (mini-GBIC) Module suited for?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e It is designed for data networking that requires 1000Base‑DWDM over single‑mode fiber, and it fits into standard SFP slots on compatible switches, routers, and media converters to deliver reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is the module hot-swappable?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The module is designed for hot-swappable use in compatible devices, enabling maintenance or upgrades with minimal downtime. \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What connector and data rate does it use?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e It uses an LC duplex connector and operates at 1 Gbps (Gigabit Ethernet).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What devices are compatible with this SFP module?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e It is designed to fit into standard SFP slots found in switches, routers, and media converters that support 1000Base‑DWDM or Gigabit Ethernet.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e How should I install and verify proper operation after installation?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Follow the installation steps: verify hot‑swap policy, select an appropriate SFP port, align and insert the module until it clicks, connect single‑mode LC duplex fiber, and power on (if required). Then check link LEDs to confirm a stable 1 Gbps connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Accortec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909563441378,"sku":"4820088","price":1082.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175321426_d681e51c-0fe5-4090-a8e6-b7f7d8b01b9a.jpg?v=1755150996"},{"product_id":"tippingpoint-qsfp28-module-100gbe-sr4-xcvr","title":"Tippingpoint Qsfp28 Module 100Gbe Sr4 Xcvr","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TippingPoint QSFP28 Module is a high‑performance 100 Gigabit Ethernet transceiver designed to power the most demanding data centers and modern network fabrics. Built for dense deployments and ease of integration, this QSFP28 SR4 transceiver delivers four parallel 25 Gbps lanes to provide substantial uplink bandwidth over multimode optical fiber. It enables seamless upgrades to 100 Gb\/s network architectures while fitting neatly into existing switch and router slots, making it an ideal upgrade path for spine\/leaf fabrics, campus backbones, and high‑throughput storage networks. Optimized for low latency, high reliability, and uninterrupted operation in busy traffic environments, the TippingPoint QSFP28 Module helps you scale to future data center needs without sacrificing performance or efficiency. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned around the 100GBASE-SR4 standard, this module leverages short‑reach multimode fiber to maximize performance per fiber path. The SR4 interface uses 850 nm wavelengths across four parallel MMF channels, delivering up to 100 Gbps of aggregate bandwidth over parallel links. The compact QSFP28 form factor ensures easy insertion into standard network gear, enabling rapid upgrades to 100 Gb\/s networks while preserving your existing fiber infrastructure. In addition to its high bandwidth, the module is engineered for energy efficiency and robust interoperability, making it well suited for dense topologies, data center consolidation, and high‑throughput storage networking. The integration is further simplified by Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) support and a hot‑swap design, which together minimize operational downtime and help IT teams proactively manage link health. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUltra‑high bandwidth with four 25 Gbps lanes:\u003c\/b\u003e Achieves up to 100 Gbps data transfer, enabling simultaneous traffic from virtualization, storage, and workloads with minimal congestion and latency.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSR4 short‑reach multimode fiber connectivity:\u003c\/b\u003e 850 nm MMF interface designed for high‑density data center deployments, with typical reach up to 100 m on OM3 and up to 150 m on OM4 fiber, perfect for top‑of‑rack and middle‑of‑row layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMPO\/MTP connector for dense cabling:\u003c\/b\u003e Facilitates multiplexed fiber connections in compact, high‑density environments, reducing cable clutter and simplifying rack layout.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot‑swap capability with health monitoring:\u003c\/b\u003e The module is designed for hot‑swap operation, allowing maintenance without powering down equipment, and includes Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) via I2C for real‑time optical power, temperature, and voltage data.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBroad compatibility and easy integration:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to work across a wide range of vendor platforms and 100GBASE‑SR4 networks, providing a straightforward upgrade path for modern data center fabrics and leaf\/spine architectures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of TippingPoint QSFP28 Module\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm Factor:\u003c\/b\u003e QSFP28\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData Rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 100 Gbps (4 × 25 Gbps lanes)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOptical Interface:\u003c\/b\u003e 100GBASE-SR4 (850 nm)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Multimode fiber (OM3\/OM4)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e MPO\/MTP\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDistance:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 100 m (OM3); up to 150 m (OM4)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) via I2C\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower Status:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for efficient operation with robust reliability for 24\/7 data center workloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003ehow to install TippingPoint QSFP28 Module\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVerify that your network device supports QSFP28 100GBASE-SR4 transceivers and that the fiber infrastructure (OM3\/OM4 MMF with MPO\/MTP connectors) matches the module specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare for installation by following standard ESD precautions. If your environment requires, power down the equipment according to the vendor’s guidelines, or ensure you are in a safe hot‑swap scenario with the device compatible with hot‑swap transceiver modules.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemove the slot cover or placeholder in the carrier slot and align the QSFP28 module with the connector. Carefully insert the module until it seats fully and the latching mechanism engages. Do not force the module; if resistance is encountered, reseat and check alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the MPO\/MTP fiber cables to the SR4 link paths. Ensure the OM3\/OM4 fiber is properly terminated and that the fiber bow is kept within bend radius specifications to avoid signal loss.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device (if required) and enable the new transceiver on the corresponding port. Verify link status on the switch\/router and monitor the module’s health using Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) data via I2C. Validate the 100 Gbps link and test traffic to confirm performance, latency, and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the 100GBASE-SR4 standard?\u003c\/b\u003e It is a short‑reach 100 Gbps electrical\/optical interface using four parallel 25 Gbps lanes over multimode fiber with an 850 nm wavelength, designed for data center intra‑rack and inter‑rack connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat fiber type and distance does this module support?\u003c\/b\u003e It supports multimode fiber OM3 and OM4. Distances reach up to 100 meters on OM3 and up to 150 meters on OM4, making it suitable for top‑of‑rack and middle‑of‑row deployments in modern data centers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat connector does the module use?\u003c\/b\u003e The module employs an MPO\/MTP connector for high‑density fiber interfaces, enabling multiplexed connections in compact cabling layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the module support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM)?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, it provides real‑time diagnostics data (optical power, temperature, voltage) via I2C to help monitor health and prevent performance issues.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the module hot‑swappable?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It is designed for hot‑swap operation, allowing technicians to replace or upgrade transceivers without powering down the entire system in compatible deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the TippingPoint QSFP28 Module interoperable with different vendors?\u003c\/b\u003e The module is designed for broad compatibility with many vendor platforms and existing 100GBASE‑SR4 networks, simplifying integration into diverse data center ecosystems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TippingPoint","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909622259938,"sku":"7277079","price":6273.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175326066_4d27b203-89fc-4b65-b760-5eb3fbf9aadd.jpg?v=1755151800"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-3-year-warranty-poe-sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - 3 Year - Warranty Poe Sfp+ Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHPE Foundation Care is a comprehensive hardware and software service designed to maximize the availability and reliability of your IT infrastructure. Built for enterprise environments, this 3-year program blends remote diagnostics, on-site hardware repair when needed, and software support for eligible HPE and select third-party products. It brings together the expertise of HPE’s technical resources with a streamlined support experience, reducing downtime and tightening your control over IT costs. With fast access to essential product and support information, this service helps your IT team resolve problems quickly, maintain peak performance, and keep critical workloads online. The inclusion of phone support, a defined response time, and a long-term service window provides a predictable, vendor-backed approach that aligns with hardware refresh cycles and procurement planning. If your organization relies on PoE capable devices and SFP+ connectivity, this Foundation Care offering is tailored to keep those components covered, delivering a reliable backbone for your networking and data-center operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eComprehensive coverage for HPE hardware with remote diagnosis and on-site repair when required, helping you resolve issues faster and minimize downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIncludes Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for selected non-HPE software, plus access to software updates and patches as they are released.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eElectronic access to related product and support information, empowering your IT staff to locate critical resources quickly and stay current with the latest knowledge base articles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eExtends protection to eligible third-party software tied to your HPE hardware, simplifying vendor management and ensuring coordinated support across the stack.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e4-hour phone support service response time and a 3-year service duration, delivering dependable escalation and timely resolutions to keep business services running smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - 3 Year - Warranty Poe Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eService scope: Comprehensive hardware and software services for eligible HPE products, with options to include selected third-party software.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemote support: Includes remote diagnosis and remote technical assistance to accelerate issue identification and resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOn-site repair: On-site hardware repair is provided when remote efforts cannot resolve the issue, helping minimize downtime and keep systems online.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSoftware coverage: Basic Software Support for eligible HPE software; access to software updates and patches; updates for selected HPE-supported third-party software as available from the original vendor.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInformation access: Electronic access to related product and support information to aid IT staff in troubleshooting and decision-making.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCollaborative Call Management: For eligible non-HPE software, HPE coordinates with the software vendor for a unified support experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSupport channels: Phone-based support with proactive guidance and problem resolution assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDuration: 3-year service term designed to align with hardware lifecycle plans and provide long-term protection against unexpected repair costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install HPE Foundation Care - 3 Year - Warranty Poe Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eConfirm eligibility: Verify that your HPE hardware and any intended third-party software are eligible for Foundation Care coverage and that the PoE\/SFP+ components fall within the supported scope.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eActivate service: Initiate activation with HPE for the Foundation Care plan, providing required hardware details, serial numbers, SKUs, and any necessary software inventory information.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDefine support options: Choose the level of support you need, including remote diagnostics, on-site hardware repair, and software update access, to match your operating requirements and budget.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAccess support resources: Set up access to HPE’s support portal and knowledge base to manage cases, review documentation, and track progress of ongoing issues.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eManage expectations: Review the 4-hour response time commitment and confirm the 3-year coverage window to ensure clear alignment with your IT service levels and procurement plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What does HPE Foundation Care include?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It provides comprehensive hardware and software services, including remote diagnosis and on-site hardware repair when needed, Basic Software Support for eligible software, and collaborative handling for selected non-HPE software, along with access to software updates and product support information.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How long is the service term?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The service term is 3 years, designed to deliver predictable protection and support aligned with hardware refresh cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the response time for support requests?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The plan features a 4-hour phone support response time to accelerate issue resolution and minimize downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Does this cover third-party software?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, eligible third-party software can be included, with updates provided as they become available from the original software manufacturer, ensuring a coordinated support experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is on-site service included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: On-site hardware repair is included when remote diagnostics determine that an on-site intervention is required to resolve the issue and restore operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909624946914,"sku":"7573015","price":1659.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175328110_ba9830c2-95e5-4ec3-851b-26d5ee693efd.jpg?v=1755524144"},{"product_id":"hpe-care-pack-foundation-care-extended-service-5-year-service-24g-sfp-svc-1","title":"HPE Care Pack Foundation Care - Extended Service - 5 Year - Service 24g Sfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eDeliver reliability, peace of mind, and maximum uptime with HPE Care Pack Foundation Care — Extended Service. This comprehensive support plan is designed for 5 years of proactive, on-site assistance that keeps your critical infrastructure productive. With a focus on rapid response, flexible scheduling, and thorough parts and labor coverage, Foundation Care ensures your Hewlett Packard Enterprise hardware operates at peak performance, minimizing downtime and accelerating issue resolution. Whether you’re protecting servers, storage, networking, or SFP\/SFP+ components, this extended service creates a dependable partnership between your business and HPE’s expert technicians.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFive-year coverage with dependable on-site support.\u003c\/b\u003e This extended service delivers continuous protection for your hardware lifecycle, so you can plan long-term upgrades and maintenance with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNext Business Day on-site service for rapid restoration.\u003c\/b\u003e When a fault occurs, an experienced technician arrives at your location the next business day to diagnose, repair, and restore functionality, reducing downtime and impact on operations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e9x5 support with precise service windows.\u003c\/b\u003e The plan combines broad availability with predictable scheduling, allowing you to plan maintenance during your defined work hours while keeping downtime to a minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eParts and labor included for complete repair coverage.\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement parts and labor costs are covered, ensuring you don’t face unexpected charges when issues arise or components fail.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible scheduling and on-site maintenance options.\u003c\/b\u003e Physical service sub-type provides the freedom to coordinate work hours, locations, and assignments for maximum reliability and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechncial Details of HPE Care Pack Foundation Care - Extended Service - 5 Year\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnical details summarize the core benefits and service characteristics that define this care pack. While specific SKU or UPC-linked specifications may vary by deployment, the essential features typically include:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService duration:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 years from the date of purchase or activation, designed to align with multi-year IT strategies and hardware refresh cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService type:\u003c\/b\u003e Foundation Care — Extended Service, with on-site maintenance, parts and labor, and electronic support to expedite problem resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse and coverage window:\u003c\/b\u003e 9x5 support with Next Business Day on-site response, enabling predictable planning and rapid restoration of services.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOn-site presence:\u003c\/b\u003e Authorized technicians visit your location to perform diagnostics, replacements, and routine maintenance as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupport scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Physical hardware repair and electronic assistance, including remote troubleshooting and guidance to resolve issues efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Scheduling options accommodate diverse environments, locations, and work hours, helping to minimize operational disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install HPE Care Pack Foundation Care\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting started with HPE Care Pack Foundation Care is straightforward, designed to complement your existing hardware investments and vendor relationships. Follow these general steps to enable and activate this extended service, ensuring you receive timely on-site support and coverage for your critical assets:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVerify eligibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm that the target hardware is covered under the Foundation Care Extended Service program and that the serial numbers or product identifiers are registered with HPE or your authorized reseller.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAcquire and activate the care pack:\u003c\/b\u003e Purchase the 5-year Foundation Care extension and provide the required service contract details to activate coverage within the HPE service portal or through your account representative.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProvide asset details:\u003c\/b\u003e Supply essential information such as model numbers, serial numbers, location, and preferred on-site service windows to enable swift scheduling and dispatch of technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm service windows:\u003c\/b\u003e Work with the service provider to set a predictable 9x5 support window and any Next Business Day on-site response requirements for essential components and locations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccess and logistics:\u003c\/b\u003e Ensure access routes, building security, and any required site contacts are documented to prevent delays during on-site visits and to facilitate efficient repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDocumentation and communication:\u003c\/b\u003e Maintain all service contracts, warranties, and escalation contacts in your asset management system for easy reference during incidents.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOngoing maintenance planning:\u003c\/b\u003e Coordinate preventive maintenance activities and planned downtime windows to minimize disruption while preserving performance and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is HPE Care Pack Foundation Care — Extended Service?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFoundation Care — Extended Service is a long-term, on-site support plan from HPE that provides maintenance, parts, and labor coverage for up to five years. It is designed to reduce downtime, accelerate issue resolution, and offer flexible scheduling to accommodate complex IT environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does “9x5 × Next Business Day – On-site” mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 9x5 notation indicates standard business hours coverage (typically 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., local time). Next Business Day on-site means that, after a service request is opened, a qualified technician is dispatched to your location by the next business day to diagnose and repair the issue on-site, subject to availability and terms of the service agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat components are covered by Parts \u0026amp; Labor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nParts \u0026amp; Labor coverage includes replacement components required to repair a covered fault and the labor needed to perform the repair. The exact list of covered parts depends on the device family and model but generally encompasses hardware components, replacements due to normal wear, and components integral to restoring operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this service suitable for mixed environments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. HPE Care Pack Foundation Care is designed to support a range of hardware types and configurations within enterprise environments. Its flexible scheduling and on-site capabilities help accommodate data centers, server rooms, and distributed locations while maintaining consistent support quality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I activate or renew this service?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation typically occurs through your authorized HPE reseller or directly with HPE. You’ll provide asset details, serial numbers, and preferred service terms. Renewal is arranged prior to the end of the current term to ensure continuous coverage without gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I customize service windows or add additional support options?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Foundation Care — Extended Service offers flexible scheduling and the ability to tailor on-site visits and response times to fit your business needs. Additional service options may be available depending on device type and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909630157026,"sku":"7587687","price":1433.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175332596_22a19c5a-fbc5-479c-9e73-7c76b69e354c.jpg?v=1755524439"},{"product_id":"cisco-smartnet-extended-service-service-with-48p-10g-sfp","title":"Cisco SMARTnet - Extended Service - Service With 48p 10g Sfp","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock worry-free performance for your Cisco networking investments with Cisco SMARTnet Extended Service. This comprehensive support offering is designed for organizations that demand reliable, predictable maintenance and rapid problem resolution for high-density 10 Gigabit environments. Built around an 8 x 5 x Next Business Day (NBD) hardware exchange model, this service combines quick hardware replacement, access to Cisco’s Technical Assistance Center (TAC), and ongoing software and firmware updates to keep your 48-port 10G SFP-enabled network running at peak efficiency. Whether you’re deploying dense top-of-rack switches, spine-leaf fabrics, or campus distribution, SMARTnet Extended Service helps you minimize downtime, control total cost of ownership, and protect your critical infrastructure investments. The service structure emphasizes replacement-focused support for physical components and electronic entitlements, ensuring you have a clear, manageable path to rapid restoration when issues arise.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e8x5x Next Business Day hardware exchange:\u003c\/b\u003e With an 8-hour daily support window across five business days, Cisco commits to rapid hardware replacement when a supported device fails. This minimizes outage windows and accelerates recovery for mission-critical networks, helping you maintain service levels and user productivity even in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eParts and electronic entitlements included:\u003c\/b\u003e The Extended Service package covers replacement parts and electronic maintenance, giving you access to firmware and software updates, feature entitlements, and ongoing interoperability improvements. You receive a holistic maintenance package that supports both physical components and software stacks in one predictable contract.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePhysical and electronic service sub-type:\u003c\/b\u003e The service distinctly covers both physical hardware aspects and electronic\/software elements, ensuring that you are protected across your Cisco devices’ lifecycle—from hardware failures to software compatibility and bug fixes—under one umbrella.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for high-density environments (48p 10G SFP):\u003c\/b\u003e Tailored for networks with dense 10G uplinks and SFP-enabled devices, this SMARTnet option helps keep 48-port 10G SFP configurations operating smoothly, with fast problem resolution and ongoing access to Cisco’s engineering resources.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePredictable total cost of ownership (TCO):\u003c\/b\u003e By bundling hardware replacement, coverage, and software updates into a single extended service, you gain budgeting clarity and reduce the risk of unexpected repair expenses, enabling better financial planning for your network lifecycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco SMARTnet - Extended Service - Service With 48p 10g Sfp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService Level:\u003c\/b\u003e 8x5x Next Business Day exchange for eligible hardware components; includes both physical and electronic support entitlements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCoverage Scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Hardware replacement, parts provision, and software\/firmware updates for Cisco devices supporting 48-port 10G SFP configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupport Channel:\u003c\/b\u003e Access to Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for troubleshooting, guidance, and escalation as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReplacement Policy:\u003c\/b\u003e Exchange-based replacement to restore functionality with minimal downtime, subject to product eligibility and warranty terms.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIncluded Entitlements:\u003c\/b\u003e Firmware updates, software feature entitlements, and ongoing interoperability support as part of the extended service package.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePhysical\/Electronic Coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e Comprehensive protection that encompasses both tangible hardware parts and electronic\/virtual components within the supported Cisco devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eHow to install Cisco SMARTnet - Extended Service\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling SMARTnet Extended Service is the process of activating and aligning the contract with your Cisco devices so support events can be delivered automatically when needed. Follow these steps to ensure smooth enrollment and rapid access to service benefits:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1) Confirm eligibility and purchase details: Verify that your Cisco hardware (including the 48-port 10G SFP configuration) is compatible with SMARTnet Extended Service and that the contract terms match your deployment timeline and budget. Ensure you have the correct device serial numbers, model numbers, and the SKU associated with the Extended Service package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2) Create or use an existing Cisco account: If you don’t already have a Cisco account, create one. If you do, sign in to manage entitlements, track service coverage, and access the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) portals for ticketing and knowledge resources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3) Register the service to your devices: Link the SMARTnet Extended Service contract to the relevant Cisco devices by entering serial numbers and site information. Proper registration ensures immediate TAC access and accurate tracking of coverage and replacement eligibility in the event of a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4) Validate entitlement and software compatibility: Confirm that your hardware and software versions are covered under the contract, and review any required firmware or OS updates that should be scheduled to maximize performance and compatibility with your network design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5) Establish escalation and response expectations: Define internal escalation paths and service-level expectations with Cisco TAC. Ensure that monitoring and alerting are in place so that a fault triggers the appropriate response under the 8x5x NBD SLA, and that replacements can be initiated promptly when a failure occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6) Document and communicate maintenance windows: Align SMARTnet maintenance windows with your network change management process. Schedule planned maintenance around peak usage times to minimize disruption while ensuring you remain protected by extended service coverage for unexpected faults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7) Monitor coverage and renewals: Set reminders for contract renewals and verify that coverage remains continuous during device refresh cycles. A seamless renewal helps prevent gaps that could expose your network to downtime risks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8) Leverage ongoing professional resources: Use Cisco’s knowledge base, TAC engineering insights, and software release notes to stay informed about best practices, security advisories, and performance enhancements related to your 48p 10G SFP environment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What does Cisco SMARTnet Extended Service include?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: It provides hardware replacement (8x5x Next Business Day), parts provisioning, electronic and software maintenance, and access to Cisco TAC for troubleshooting and guidance. The service is designed to reduce downtime, stabilize costs, and keep your Cisco devices up to date with the latest firmware and feature entitlements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What does 8x5x Next Business Day mean?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: The coverage operates 8 hours per day, five days a week, with hardware exchange shipped on the next business day for eligible faults. This SLA is focused on rapid restoration for critical devices in non-24\/7 environments, helping you minimize downtime while maintaining budget predictability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this service suitable for a 48-port 10G SFP network?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes. The Extended Service is tailored to high-density networks that use 10G SFP connectivity and require reliable hardware replacement, ongoing software support, and timely access to Cisco engineering resources to maintain performance and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I activate and manage SMARTnet Extended Service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Activation typically involves creating or using a Cisco account, registering the service to your devices by serial numbers, and ensuring entitlement alignment. You can manage coverage, renewals, and ticketing through the Cisco portal or your Cisco account dashboard, with TAC available for incident support.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can SMARTnet help reduce total cost of ownership?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes. By consolidating hardware replacement, parts, software updates, and support into a single extended service contract, organizations gain budgeting predictability and reduce unexpected repair expenses, ultimately contributing to a lower total cost of ownership over the device lifecycle.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What happens if a covered device fails?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: If a failure is covered under the contract, Cisco initiates an exchange process under the 8x5x NBD SLA. A replacement component is shipped or arranged for pickup, and technical guidance is provided through TAC to restore services as quickly as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909716631778,"sku":"11283698","price":1989.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175330573_1af390af-c3c3-4425-adbb-74a53ff12d06.jpg?v=1755153854"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-exchange-3-year-warranty-5930-32qsfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care Exchange - 3 Year - Warranty 5930-32qsfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience unwavering availability for your critical IT infrastructure with HPE Foundation Care Exchange. This robust service blends remote hardware and software support with a fast, reliable hardware exchange program to keep your Hewlett Packard Enterprise environment up and running. By combining expert technical resources with streamlined replacement logistics, HPE Foundation Care Exchange helps you reduce downtime, accelerate problem resolution, and extend the life of your IT investments beyond the standard manufacturer warranty. The 3-year coverage is designed for organizations that rely on consistent performance, minimal disruption, and predictable budgeting, making it a smart choice for data centers, enterprise networks, and growing technology environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive remote support for hardware and software\u003c\/b\u003e: HPE Foundation Care Exchange brings together remote technical resources and software support to help your IT team quickly diagnose and resolve issues across your HPE products. This service emphasizes fast, guided problem resolution without the need for immediate on-site visits, helping maintain uptime and productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware exchange with no freight charges\u003c\/b\u003e: Eligible HPE products qualify for a replacement product or part delivered to your location free of freight charges within a defined service window. This rapid exchange capability minimizes downtime and simplifies disaster recovery in day-to-day operations or after a component failure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNew or equivalent-to-new replacements\u003c\/b\u003e: Replacements are either new or perform at a level equivalent to new, ensuring you don’t compromise on performance, reliability, or compatibility with your existing environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree-year service term for long-term protection\u003c\/b\u003e: A 36-month commitment provides ongoing coverage, enabling stable budgeting and consistent support across multiple hardware and software generations, so you can plan upgrades with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware updates, patches, and manuals at your fingertips\u003c\/b\u003e: With software support, you gain access to updates, patches, and reference manuals as soon as they are released, helping you stay current with best practices, security enhancements, and feature improvements for your HPE Networking products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care Exchange - 3 Year - Warranty 5930-32qsfp Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Remote hardware and software support combined with hardware exchange for eligible HPE products, including HPE Networking devices and related components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuration:\u003c\/b\u003e 3 years from the start of service, with ongoing coverage to maximize uptime and productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReplacement service:\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement product or part delivered to your site, free of freight charges, within the defined service window to ensure timely restoration of service.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCondition of replacement:\u003c\/b\u003e Replacements are new or equivalent to new in performance, ensuring continued reliability and compatibility with your existing systems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware support:\u003c\/b\u003e Remote technical assistance for software problems, access to software updates and patches, and availability of reference manuals to support ongoing operations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInformation access:\u003c\/b\u003e Electronic access to related product and support information to empower your IT staff with self-help resources and current documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePost-warranty protection:\u003c\/b\u003e Coverage that extends beyond the original manufacturer warranty, helping you protect against unexpected breakdowns and maintain service levels.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDelivery terms:\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement goods are delivered to your location with freight charges covered, contributing to a straightforward, cost-efficient support experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care Exchange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm eligibility and enroll\u003c\/b\u003e: Work with your HPE account representative or approved channel partner to verify that your devices qualify for Foundation Care Exchange and to initiate enrollment for the 3-year term.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDefine service level and scope\u003c\/b\u003e: Establish the desired service window, response targets (including Next Business Day where applicable), and which hardware and software assets are covered under the plan.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare asset information\u003c\/b\u003e: Gather model, serial numbers, and current firmware\/software versions for covered devices to ensure a smooth onboarding and accurate eligibility checks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOnboarding and system configuration\u003c\/b\u003e: HPE will configure your service profile, set up remote diagnostic capabilities, and align replacement logistics with your site’s shipping and inventory processes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eActive support and onboarding\u003c\/b\u003e: Once the service is activated, you’ll have access to remote technical resources, software updates, and the hardware exchange process. In case of a fault, follow the standard escalation path to trigger a replacement if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is HPE Foundation Care Exchange?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: HPE Foundation Care Exchange is a remote hardware and software support service that includes a fast hardware exchange for eligible HPE products. It combines proactive software assistance, access to updates, and convenient replacement options to extend the life and reliability of your IT infrastructure beyond the original warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How does the hardware exchange work?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: When a covered component fails or underperforms, eligible products qualify for a replacement item or part delivered to your location at no freight charge within the defined response window. The replacement is new or equivalent to new in performance, ensuring continuity of service with minimal downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does the 3-year duration cover?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The 3-year term provides ongoing protection against hardware and software issues, offering predictable budgeting and consistent access to remote support, software updates, and replacement services for an extended period.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What kind of software support is included?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Software support includes remote technical assistance, access to updates and patches, and reference manuals to help your IT staff implement best practices and stay current with security and feature enhancements for HPE Networking products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need to install or maintain any special tools?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: No special installation tools are required for the Foundation Care Exchange service itself. Onboarding involves configuring the service profile, enabling remote diagnostics, and aligning replacement logistics to your processes. The service is designed to be as hands-off as possible for your team after onboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this be combined with other HPE services?\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Foundation Care Exchange can typically be used in conjunction with other HPE service offerings to create a comprehensive support strategy. Your HPE representative can help tailor a bundle that matches your environment and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909749760226,"sku":"7581267","price":2140.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175331212_9318cbda-138b-4615-bff7-0e78ce5b79c9.jpg?v=1755524385"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-post-warranty-1-year-warranty-5930-32qsfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - Post Warranty - 1 Year - Warranty 5930-32qsfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eHPE Foundation Care offers comprehensive hardware and software services designed to maximize the availability of your IT infrastructure after the manufacturer's warranty ends. Backed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE) technical resources, this service helps your IT team resolve hardware and software issues quickly, with remote diagnosis, on-site hardware repair when necessary, and access to essential product and support information. It’s a flexible, proactive option that aligns with your business needs and budget, giving you confidence that critical systems stay up and running.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnd-to-end hardware and software support:\u003c\/b\u003e Enjoy coordinated assistance for both hardware and software, with remote diagnosis and on-site hardware repair when required to resolve issues efficiently and minimize downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible service levels to match your operations:\u003c\/b\u003e Choose from three distinct options—HPE Foundation Care NBD Service, HPE Foundation Care 24x7 Service, and HPE Foundation Care CTR Service—to fit your downtime tolerance, budget, and business requirements. All levels are designed to deliver dependable support and predictable response times.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware updates and third-party coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e For software products covered under Foundation Care, you receive remote technical support and updates\/patches. Updates for select HPE-supported third-party software are included as they become available from the original software manufacturer, helping keep your environment current and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProactive access and collaborative support:\u003c\/b\u003e You gain electronic access to related product and support information, enabling your IT staff to locate essential resources quickly. For eligible non-HPE software, Collaborative Call Management helps coordinate issue resolution across multiple vendors, simplifying escalation and response.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1-year coverage for peace of mind:\u003c\/b\u003e This post-warranty protection is designed to maximize productivity and deliver timely results, with clearly defined service windows and response commitments that help you plan and budget confidently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - Post Warranty - 1 Year - Warranty 5930-32qsfp Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService type:\u003c\/b\u003e Post-warranty foundation care for hardware and software support with optional levels to match business requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCoverage scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Comprehensive hardware support and software support for covered products, including remote diagnosis and on-site hardware repair if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware support and updates:\u003c\/b\u003e Remote technical support for covered software and access to updates\/patches. Updates for select third-party software are included as they are released by the original software manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInformation access:\u003c\/b\u003e Electronic access to related product and support information for your IT staff to locate essential documentation and guidance quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIncident reporting and availability:\u003c\/b\u003e Incidents related to covered hardware or software can be reported 24\/7 via telephone or web portal (where available), or through automated remote support solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService levels:\u003c\/b\u003e Three options—NBD Service, 24x7 Service, and CTR Service—targeted to different business needs and coverage windows, with product eligibility varying by region and device.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse times:\u003c\/b\u003e Notably includes a 4-hour phone support response time to ensure rapid initial engagement for critical issues.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuration:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 year of coverage to help maintain productivity and reduce the risk of unexpected downtime after the warranty period ends.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailability and eligibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Coverage windows and response times are subject to local availability and product eligibility; contact a local HPE sales office for detailed information on service availability and eligibility for your specific hardware and software mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003ehow to install HPE Foundation Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eConfirm eligibility and select the Foundation Care service level that best aligns with your business needs (NBD, 24x7, or CTR).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGather essential product identifiers such as serial numbers, model names, and the UPC or SKU to ensure accurate coverage mapping.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCoordinate with HPE or an authorized partner to activate the Foundation Care service, providing purchase details and the chosen service level.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSet up access to HPE’s electronic support portals and remote monitoring tools so your IT team can quickly retrieve information and raise incidents as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDocument and store service parameters, contact points, and escalation paths so your team can initiate support without delay when issues arise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is HPE Foundation Care?\u003c\/b\u003e HPE Foundation Care is a comprehensive hardware and software service designed to extend support after the manufacturer’s warranty ends. It provides remote diagnosis, on-site hardware repair when needed, software updates and patches, access to support information, and a choice of service levels to fit your operational requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does post-warranty coverage include?\u003c\/b\u003e Post-warranty coverage includes hardware and software support, remote troubleshooting, potential on-site repairs, software updates, and access to HPE resources. Depending on the chosen service level, you may also receive 24x7 support and faster incident response.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat service levels are available?\u003c\/b\u003e HPE Foundation Care offers three primary levels: NBD Service (Next Business Day), 24x7 Service (round-the-clock support), and CTR Service (Critical Time Response), with coverage windows and eligibility varying by product and region.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs on-site support included?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. For hardware issues that cannot be resolved remotely, on-site hardware repair is included as part of the Foundation Care coverage where applicable and necessary to restore functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I report incidents and access support?\u003c\/b\u003e Incidents can be reported via telephone or web portal 24\/7 where available, and remote support tools provide ongoing access to product information and troubleshooting resources.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow long is the coverage period?\u003c\/b\u003e The standard offering provides 1 year of coverage, designed to deliver predictable support during the post-warranty period and help maintain IT performance and uptime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan software updates include third-party software?\u003c\/b\u003e Updates for covered software are included, and updates for select third-party software may be provided as they become available from the original software manufacturer, depending on eligibility and product configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909759164642,"sku":"7670651","price":1682.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175333250_4be9edce-0bbd-49ed-93ef-db4c4f32e171.jpg?v=1755524488"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-call-to-repair-extended-warranty-4-year-warranty-5140-24gsfp4sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair - Extended Warranty - 4 Year - Warranty 5140 24gsfp4sfp+ Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair\u003c\/b\u003e is a comprehensive hardware and software service designed to maximize uptime for your critical IT infrastructure. This \u003ci\u003eextended warranty\u003c\/i\u003e provides proactive protection, fast response, and flexible coverage for Hewlett Packard Enterprise hardware—and eligible third-party software—so your team can focus on core operations without the worry of unexpected repair costs. With remote support, on-site repair when needed, and a structured 4-year service window, this offering is built to keep your data center, network, and storage platforms available and productive. The service is designed to minimize downtime, streamline issue resolution, and help you manage maintenance budgets with predictable costs. Whether you’re running business-critical servers, high-availability storage, or resilient networking gear, HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair delivers reliability, speed, and expert escalation for faster restoration of service.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eComprehensive hardware and software coverage with remote diagnosis and on-site hardware repair when required, helping you resolve issues quickly and reduce downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eExtended 4-year service duration that provides lasting protection, budget predictability, and uninterrupted productivity for your IT infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSix-hour call-to-repair service response time to ensure timely escalation and rapid restoration of key systems, enabling you to meet uptime objectives.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eParts and labor are included, delivering fast, efficient service with a clear path to speedy repairs and minimized service disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSoftware coverage options include Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for selected non-HPE software, helping bridge software support gaps and streamline issue resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eService type: Extended warranty with comprehensive hardware and software support under HPE Foundation Care\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCoverage duration: 4 years from service activation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eResponse time: 6 hours from service request to repair initiation (Call-To-Repair)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSupport coverage: Remote diagnosis and technical assistance; on-site hardware repair if required; priority escalation to HPE engineers\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eParts and labor: Included as part of the service to ensure timely repair and minimal downtime\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eNBD service: Next Business Day coverage when applicable, helping you maintain business continuity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSoftware support: Basic Software Support for eligible software and Collaborative Call Management for select non-HPE software\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEligibility: Applies to hardware products covered by HPE Foundation Care; software coverage may apply to eligible software products\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdministration: Service activation and contract management managed through HPE, with support coordination and service level alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm eligibility\u003c\/b\u003e: Verify that your hardware and any included software are eligible for HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair, and obtain your service contract details from HPE or your authorized reseller.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGather required information\u003c\/b\u003e: Collect device serial numbers, model SKUs, proof of purchase, and any relevant warranty or asset information to simplify activation and service requests.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eActivate the service\u003c\/b\u003e: Register or activate the Foundation Care Call-To-Repair contract with HPE through the official portal or via your sales representative, ensuring the 4-year coverage period is established.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDefine service levels\u003c\/b\u003e: Confirm the desired response times, on-site support preferences, and any software coverage options, including Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management if applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEstablish contact routes\u003c\/b\u003e: Designate primary and secondary points of contact for technical issues, including escalation paths for high-priority incidents to ensure rapid coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDocument asset locations\u003c\/b\u003e: Maintain accurate asset locations and maintenance windows to minimize disruption during on-site repairs and to optimize scheduling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaintain ongoing updates\u003c\/b\u003e: Keep software and firmware up to date where applicable, and document any changes to hardware configurations to ensure accurate diagnostics and seamless support.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReview and renew\u003c\/b\u003e: At the end of the 4-year term, review service performance, remaining hardware\/software needs, and plan renewals or upgrades with your HPE representative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What exactly does HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair cover?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It provides comprehensive hardware and software support under HPE Foundation Care, including remote diagnosis, on-site hardware repair when required, parts and labor, and optional software support such as Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for eligible non-HPE software.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How long does the warranty last?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The coverage spans 4 years from the date of service activation, designed to protect your investment over a substantial period of IT infrastructure planning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the response time for repairs?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The service promises a 6-hour call-to-repair response time, ensuring rapid initiation of remediation actions once a support request is logged.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is on-site support included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. On-site hardware repair is included when remote diagnosis indicates that on-site intervention is required to restore service.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are software problems covered?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Software coverage is available for eligible software through Basic Software Support, with Collaborative Call Management offered for selected non-HPE software to facilitate coordinated troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I activate or renew this service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Activation typically involves purchasing the service and registering it with HPE or your authorized reseller. You’ll need device serial numbers, SKUs, and proof of purchase. Renewal is handled by your HPE representative as the 4-year term nears expiration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What happens if a component is not covered?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: If a component or software product is not covered under the Foundation Care plan, you can discuss available add-ons or alternative service options with your HPE representative to ensure you have the protection you need.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is Next Business Day (NBD) service included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: NBD service is referenced as part of the coverage; availability depends on product type and location. When applicable, NBD helps shorten downtime by ensuring next-business-day interventions or deliveries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909766078690,"sku":"7583767","price":1681.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175335298_52441103-ba84-4867-964f-5eaa4c300b1b.jpg?v=1755524408"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-extended-warranty-3-year-warranty-48g-4sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - Extended Warranty - 3 Year - Warranty 48g 4sfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eProtect your critical IT infrastructure with HPE Foundation Care Extended Warranty. This comprehensive service combines hardware and software support from Hewlett Packard Enterprise to maximize uptime, minimize unplanned downtime, and safeguard your investment. Designed for enterprise environments, it delivers rapid remote diagnostics, on-site hardware repair when needed, and flexible software coverage for eligible products. With a three-year service window and a focused emphasis on rapid response, HPE Foundation Care helps IT teams stay productive and resilient in the face of hardware or software challenges. Whether you’re safeguarding a data center, a remote site, or a distributed enterprise, this warranty is built to align with your operational needs and budget expectations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive hardware and software support\u003c\/b\u003e – Access HPE technical resources for troubleshooting, remote diagnostics, and guidance across covered hardware and select third-party software.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e4-hour parts and labor response\u003c\/b\u003e – A commitment to swift on-site or remote action that minimizes downtime and accelerates problem resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOn-site hardware repair when required\u003c\/b\u003e – Skilled HPE technicians visit your location to repair or replace faulty components, helping you stay productive with minimal disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRemote diagnosis and proactive assistance\u003c\/b\u003e – 24\/7\/365 remote analysis to identify issues early, reduce mean time to repair, and lower the likelihood of cascading failures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree-year protection with flexible software options\u003c\/b\u003e – Extended hardware coverage with potential Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for eligible non-HPE software, designed to maximize value and coverage clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - Extended Warranty - 3 Year - Warranty 48g 4sfp Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eHPE Foundation Care Extended Warranty delivers a durable, enterprise-grade protection plan focused on uptime, predictability, and rapid restoration. Core features include:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService type:\u003c\/b\u003e Extended warranty that expands beyond standard hardware maintenance to include eligible software support capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuration:\u003c\/b\u003e Three years of coverage from the agreed start date, providing long-term reliability and budgeting stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse time:\u003c\/b\u003e 4 hours for both parts and labor, ensuring timely action to restore operations and reduce downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRemote diagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Continuous remote assessment to quickly pinpoint issues and guide efficient remediation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOn-site support:\u003c\/b\u003e On-site hardware repair or replacement when remote resolution is not sufficient, minimizing disruption to business operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e Applies to eligible HPE hardware products; includes parts replacement and labor to fix or replace components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e For eligible software, remote technical support, access to updates\/patches, and potential Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for supported software.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThird-party software:\u003c\/b\u003e Collaborative call management and limited software support for selected non-HPE software, as determined by eligibility and service terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService usability:\u003c\/b\u003e Physical service sub-type designed to improve usability and operational efficiency in real-world environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care - Extended Warranty - 3 Year - Warranty 48g 4sfp Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivation and enrollment are designed to be straightforward and integrated with your existing HPE assets. Follow these steps to ensure your hardware and software assets are protected under the Foundation Care plan:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1. Compile asset details: collect serial numbers, model names, purchase dates, and any relevant warranty information for all covered devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2. Confirm eligibility: verify that your hardware is eligible for HPE Foundation Care and identify any non-HPE software that may be included or supported under the plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. Engage a trusted channel: work with your HPE account manager or an authorized reseller to initiate enrollment and confirm coverage scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4. Submit documentation: provide required asset data, proof of purchase, and site information needed to schedule on-site visits and remote support access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5. Activate service terms: review and accept the service level agreements, including response times, coverage windows, and on-site service options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6. Establish service contact points: designate primary and secondary contacts for incident reporting, escalation, and routine maintenance coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does HPE Foundation Care Extended Warranty cover?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt covers hardware issues with rapid parts and labor response, remote diagnostics, and on-site repair when necessary. It may also include Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for eligible software and third-party products, depending on the specific plan configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow long is the coverage period?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCoverage lasts for three years from the service start date, providing predictable budgeting and long-term protection for your IT assets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the response time for this service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe standard response time is 4 hours for parts and labor, ensuring timely repair or replacement and minimizing operational downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes it include on-site support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. When remote resolution cannot fully restore service, on-site hardware repair or component replacement is provided to quickly bring systems back online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan third-party software be included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEligible third-party software may be included with Collaborative Call Management and limited remote support, as determined by the service terms and configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I activate and enroll?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCoordinate with your HPE account manager or an authorized reseller to enroll the device(s), submit required details, and confirm activation dates and site readiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this warranty transferable if I move or sell the equipment?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTransferability depends on the terms of the specific Foundation Care contract. Check with your HPE representative for exact transfer guidance and any associated fees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909772665058,"sku":"7578153","price":1761.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175335107_1f0f2c46-2ec9-4e96-9771-342027db0baa.jpg?v=1755524212"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-extended-service-3-year-service-48g-4sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 3 Year - Service 48g 4sfp+ Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eProtect your critical HPE infrastructure with a proactive, predictable service plan that keeps your systems running at peak performance. HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service offers a comprehensive 3-year on-site coverage package designed to minimize downtime, simplify budgeting, and deliver rapid problem resolution. With 24x7 access to expert technicians, guaranteed on-site attendance, and included parts and labor, this service is engineered to maximize uptime and extend the life of your hardware investments. Whether you’re managing a data center, a remote office, or a distributed environment, this plan provides the reliability and accountability your operation demands.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree-year service duration\u003c\/b\u003e ensures long-term protection and predictable budgeting across your HPE environment, reducing surprise maintenance costs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e24x7 on-site support\u003c\/b\u003e delivers round-the-clock access to qualified engineers who can diagnose, repair, and optimize your hardware with minimal disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eParts and labor included\u003c\/b\u003e mean coverages for replacement components and labor, helping you avoid unexpected repair bills and maintain service levels.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e4-hour response time\u003c\/b\u003e with on-site service accelerates issue resolution, reducing downtime during critical incidents and supporting mission-critical workloads.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaintenance-focused coverage\u003c\/b\u003e enhances system reliability through proactive care, routine maintenance, and preventive services designed to sustain peak performance over the lifecycle of your equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 3 Year - Service 48g 4sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe HPE Foundation Care Extended Service is structured to deliver rapid, dependable support for Hewlett Packard Enterprise hardware, including configurations that involve high-speed interconnects and multiple SFP+ ports. Key attributes of this service include on-site maintenance, parts and labor coverage, and a guaranteed response window that helps you keep downtime to a minimum. This plan is well-suited for environments using 48G performance paths and 4x SFP+ interfaces, ensuring you have the necessary service framework to protect essential networks and storage connections. By combining 24x7 access with a defined service level, it provides a predictable cost of ownership while preserving system performance and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService type:\u003c\/b\u003e Extended Service (Foundation Care Extended)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupport levels:\u003c\/b\u003e 24x7 access, on-site assistance, maintenance, parts and labor\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse time:\u003c\/b\u003e 4 hours for on-site service after case initiation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCoverage duration:\u003c\/b\u003e 3 years from the service start date\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eScope:\u003c\/b\u003e Appropriate for configurations with 48g interconnects and 4x SFP+ ports to support high-speed networking and storage connectivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 3 Year - Service 48g 4sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivating this service is a straightforward process designed to minimize friction and quickly establish coverage for your HPE assets. Follow these practical steps to ensure your organization benefits from immediate protection and rapid support when you need it most:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm eligibility and purchase\u003c\/b\u003e — Verify that your HPE hardware falls under the Foundation Care Extended Service program and that the 3-year term aligns with your deployment timeline and procurement schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGather essential details\u003c\/b\u003e — Collect your device serial numbers, model information, and the service agreement or order numbers associated with the purchase. This data helps ensure accurate enrollment and faster activation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eContact the designated channel\u003c\/b\u003e — Reach out to your HPE account representative or the official support portal to initiate activation. Provide the gathered information to expedite enrollment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSchedule activation and on-site readiness\u003c\/b\u003e — Work with the HPE support team to schedule the service start date and confirm the required on-site visit window. Ensure access to the installation site, power, and network as needed for engineers to perform preventative maintenance and any required replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare for ongoing coverage\u003c\/b\u003e — Document service contacts, escalation paths, and the preferred routine maintenance schedule. Maintain up-to-date asset inventories to support rapid diagnostics and efficient service delivery throughout the 3-year term.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat does HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service include?\u003c\/b\u003e It provides a comprehensive 3-year on-site coverage plan that includes 24x7 on-site support, 4-hour response time, maintenance, parts and labor, and a guaranteed path to rapid issue resolution to minimize downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat is the guaranteed response time?\u003c\/b\u003e The service guarantees a 4-hour on-site response after a case is opened and deemed eligible for on-site intervention, helping you quickly restore operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIs on-site support always available?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The plan includes 24x7 on-site support, ensuring that qualified technicians can be dispatched when needed, regardless of time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDoes the plan include parts and labor?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The coverage includes replacement parts and labor required to diagnose, repair, or replace components to restore functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow long does coverage last and how is it renewed?\u003c\/b\u003e Coverage lasts for 3 years from the start date of the service. Renewal terms are outlined in the service agreement and coordinated with your HPE representative prior to expiration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909786722530,"sku":"6352841","price":1424.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175335318_f271a1c6-c56b-475f-a4b9-fd13ac9b3f45.jpg?v=1755524485"},{"product_id":"cisco-solution-support-extended-service-service-sfp-ports-enhanced-e-1","title":"Cisco Solution Support - Extended Service - Service Sfp+ Ports, Enhanced, E","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eProtect your Cisco investments with Cisco Solution Support’s Extended Service for SFP+ ports, Enhanced, E. This comprehensive service is designed for mission-critical networks that demand dependable performance, rapid issue resolution, and predictable operational costs. By pairing direct access to Cisco’s expert engineers with a robust service framework, you gain increased reliability, reduced downtime, and peace of mind across your SFP+ port deployments. Whether you’re expanding a data center, optimizing a high-speed campus network, or maintaining enterprise-grade core infrastructure, this extended service delivers the support you need when it matters most.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eComprehensive coverage: 8x7 phone support with direct access to Cisco engineers and a Next Day Exchange option for rapid hardware replacement, helping you minimize downtime and keep critical links online.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSFP+ port focus: Enhanced service designed specifically for SFP+ port configurations, ensuring compatibility, prompt fault isolation, and optimized performance for high-speed links used in data centers and backbone networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eParts protection: Accelerated parts availability and fast shipments to reduce repair times, ensuring your SFP+ modules, transceivers, and related components are replaced swiftly when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEase of use and reliability: Clear escalation paths, standardized service workflows, and predictable resolution timelines simplify support management and improve overall network reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInvestment protection: Prolonged hardware lifecycle and better total cost of ownership through proactive maintenance, consistent service quality, and access to Cisco’s trusted expertise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco Solution Support - Extended Service - Service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eService model: Cisco Solution Support – Extended Service, Service offering for SFP+ ports (Enhanced, E)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eService availability: 8x7 phone support for technical assistance and guidance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDelivery method: Next Day Exchange for eligible hardware components and modules\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eParts coverage: Includes parts protection to minimize downtime and expedite replacements\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eScope: Focused support for SFP+ ports, optics, and related modules within Cisco deployments to optimize performance and reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003ehow to install Cisco Solution Support - Extended Service - Service\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAs a service contract rather than a physical installation, there is no hardware or software installation required. Activation involves enrolling the affected devices and service instances within your Cisco account. To activate the Extended Service, sign in to the Cisco service portal, associate the service with the appropriate product identifiers (such as serial numbers or SKU), and confirm the selected coverage level. After enrollment, Cisco will validate eligibility and apply the 8x7 phone support and Next Day Exchange terms to your SFP+ port configurations. If you manage multiple devices, you can enroll them in a single request or process them in batches with your Cisco account representative or partner. After activation, you’ll gain access to dedicated support channels, escalation paths, and the knowledge base designed to keep your SFP+ ecosystems efficient and thriving. For ongoing benefit, maintain accurate asset records and ensure that all devices requiring Extended Service are registered under the correct account and service contract, so that coverage remains continuous and unbroken.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is Cisco Solution Support - Extended Service - Service Sfp+ Ports, Enhanced, E?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is an extended service contract from Cisco that provides dedicated phone support during business hours, enhanced assistance around SFP+ port configurations, and Next Day Exchange for eligible hardware along with parts protection to maximize uptime and reliability for Cisco-based networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does 8x7 phone support mean?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8x7 indicates extended phone access for technical support—typically during standard business hours—plus prioritized assistance from Cisco engineers to help diagnose and resolve issues related to SFP+ ports and related components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes this service include hardware replacement?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Next Day Exchange is included for eligible defective hardware, reducing downtime and enabling faster restoration of service for critical SFP+ port deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs installation required to use this service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo installation of hardware or software is required. Activation is done through your Cisco account by registering the relevant products and attaching the Extended Service to your devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhich devices does this service cover?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe service is oriented toward Cisco devices and configurations that rely on SFP+ ports, transceivers, and associated components. Coverage focuses on maintaining performance and reliability for high-speed links within Cisco ecosystems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I activate or enroll in the Extended Service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eActivation occurs via the Cisco service portal. You’ll need to provide product identifiers (serial numbers or SKUs) and select the Extended Service level. After verification, the service becomes active and your support channels and exchange options are ready to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909788262626,"sku":"7454064","price":2360.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175335363_264cfd4d-e09c-4f6a-a949-aa68089150d0.jpg?v=1755156990"},{"product_id":"cisco-return-material-authorization-rma-only-extended-service-service-cld-mngd-32x10g-sfp","title":"Cisco Return Material Authorization (RMA) Only - Extended Service - Service Cld-mngd 32x10g Sfp+","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Cisco network investment with a focused, cost-efficient support option designed for high-density 32x10G SFP+ deployments. The Cisco RMA Only - Extended Service with Cld-mngd administration delivers rapid hardware recovery, predictable budgeting, and hands-on on-site assistance when you need it most. This service is tailored for environments that require minimal downtime, streamlined logistics, and a clear path to restoration after component failure. By combining streamlined RMA processing, on-site exchanges, and reliable parts replacement, you gain the confidence to keep critical applications online and your network fabric resilient.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRapid on-site recovery and Next Business Day exchange.\u003c\/b\u003e When a component fails, the RMA process accelerates the replacement cycle, sending a qualified technician and a replacement part to your site by the next business day. This minimizes downtime for critical Cisco 32x10G SFP+ network segments and helps you maintain service levels without surprising costs or delays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePredictable total cost of ownership (TCO).\u003c\/b\u003e With an RMA-only extended service, budgeting becomes straightforward. You pay a predictable service fee for the duration of coverage, reducing unexpected repair costs and ensuring a steady expense stream for maintenance across your高-density 32x10G infrastructure. This clarity is especially valuable for data centers, enterprise campuses, and service providers managing large fiber networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive parts replacement and on-site support.\u003c\/b\u003e The program emphasizes replacement hardware and the technical labor required to restore operations on-site. Parts replacements are performed by qualified technicians using Cisco-approved components, delivering compatibility with your existing Cisco gear and ensuring optimal performance of the 32x10G SFP+ ports and related interconnects.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManaged, cloud-enabled service (Cld-mngd).\u003c\/b\u003e The Cld-mngd aspect adds centralized management and monitoring support to the RMA workflow. This enhances visibility into your hardware health, accelerates issue detection, and streamlines communications between your IT team and Cisco support. The result is faster issue resolution, improved reliability, and better alignment with modern cloud-managed network strategies.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for 32x10G SFP+ environments.\u003c\/b\u003e This service specifically targets high-density, high-performance deployments. It complements Cisco fabric architectures and data-center switching ecosystems, helping you protect bandwidth-intensive workloads, multi-tenant environments, and latency-sensitive applications that rely on robust 32x10G connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco Return Material Authorization (RMA) Only - Extended Service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService Level:\u003c\/b\u003e 8x5x Next Business Day On-site Exchange, ensuring rapid response and hands-on repair support during standard business hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eScope of Coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e RMA-Only extended service with on-site hardware replacement and parts provisioning as part of the repair workflow; designed to complement existing networks without requiring a full coverage contract.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePart Replacement:\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement of failed components on-site, using Cisco-approved parts to maintain system integrity and performance for 32x10G SFP+ interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupport Model:\u003c\/b\u003e On-site visits supported by Cisco or authorized service partners, with a focus on minimizing downtime and preserving network throughput.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInclusion of Logistics:\u003c\/b\u003e Parts shipment, handling, and logistics coordination are included to ensure smooth fulfillment and rapid restoration of services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically optimized for Cisco gear that utilizes 32x10G SFP+ modules and related infrastructure, aligning with Cisco standards for interoperability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Cisco Return Material Authorization (RMA) - Extended Service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 1 — Verify eligibility and prepare information.\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm that your device, part number, and serial information align with the RMA program requirements. Gather the UPC or SKU references and any troubleshooting notes to help the service team assess your case quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 2 — Initiate the RMA process.\u003c\/b\u003e Contact Cisco support or your authorized service provider to open an RMA ticket. Provide the necessary identifiers (SKU\/UPC, device model, location, and contact details) to kick off the ready-for-exchange workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 3 — Schedule an on-site visit.\u003c\/b\u003e Work with the service team to arrange the Next Business Day on-site visit. Ensure that access to the affected equipment is available, and all safety and environmental requirements are considered for the replacement operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 4 — Swap and test on-site.\u003c\/b\u003e A qualified technician arrives with the replacement part, performs the hardware exchange per Cisco guidelines, and re-seats the 32x10G SFP+ modules as needed. After the swap, tests should verify proper link up, laser integrity, and data transmission across the affected ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 5 — Validate and close the ticket.\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm normal operation through functional tests, document the repair for your records, and close the RMA case in the service portal. If any follow-up issues arise, you can request additional support under the extended service terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What exactly is “RMA Only” with Extended Service?\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: “RMA Only” refers to a service arrangement focused on returning faulty Cisco hardware parts with on-site replacement and support. The Extended Service adds coverage depth, ensuring rapid on-site responses, Next Business Day exchanges, and ongoing parts provisioning to minimize downtime and maintain operational performance for your 32x10G SFP+ networks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does Next Business Day on-site mean for my network?\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Next Business Day on-site means a service technician arrives at your location by the next business day after the fault is reported, bringing a replacement component and performing the required swap. This reduces remediation time and helps you sustain network uptime for critical applications and services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does this service cover all Cisco devices in my data center?\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The RMA Extended Service is designed to focus on specific components and configurations that relate to the 32x10G SFP+ environment and Cisco hardware eligible for RMA. It provides enhanced coverage for parts replacement and on-site support tied to the RMA process; compatibility and eligibility depend on your device model and enrollment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I initiate an RMA under this program?\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: You initiate an RMA by contacting Cisco support or your authorized reseller, providing device identifiers (SKU\/UPC, model, serial), and detailing the observed fault. The support team will guide you through the ticket creation, dispatch the on-site technician when approved, and coordinate the exchange timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this service available globally or only in certain regions?\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Availability varies by region and contract terms. The Extended Service is designed to align with Cisco’s global service framework, but exact coverage areas, response times, and on-site options depend on your location and service agreement. Check with your Cisco representative to confirm regional eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909817688290,"sku":"6274885","price":2143.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175336888_fa61736d-09f3-47d2-bddc-660223d995fa.jpg?v=1755158989"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-extended-service-5-year-service-24g-sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 5 Year - Service 24g Sfp+ Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMaximize uptime and protect your IT investment with HPE Foundation Care’s Extended Service. This comprehensive five-year support plan couples robust hardware assistance with proactive software care to keep critical systems online, secure, and performing at peak efficiency. With remote diagnostics, on-site hardware repair when needed, and access to software updates, Foundation Care is designed to minimize downtime, streamline IT operations, and deliver predictable budgeting for maintenance across your fleet. The service is crafted to support HPE hardware and eligible third-party software, offering a single, centralized point of contact for issue resolution and peace of mind across data center, edge, and remote environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnd-to-end hardware and software coverage.\u003c\/b\u003e Remote diagnosis and support are provided for hardware, with on-site repairs available when required to resolve issues and minimize downtime. The plan can also extend to eligible non-HPE software through Collaborative Call Management, delivering coordinated resolution across your stack.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFive-year service duration.\u003c\/b\u003e A long-term protection plan that stabilizes maintenance budgets and ensures consistent service levels across your HPE infrastructure for the full five-year term.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRapid response for critical issues.\u003c\/b\u003e A four-hour parts-and-labor service response time helps restore services quickly, reducing business impact from hardware faults or software malfunctions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware care and third-party collaboration.\u003c\/b\u003e Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management are included for eligible software, with remote access to patches and updates as provided by software publishers, helping keep your environment current and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOngoing value through updates and reliability.\u003c\/b\u003e Access to new releases and critical updates for covered HPE software, plus updates for select third-party software, delivering improved efficiency, security, and productivity over the life of the service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 5 Year - Service 24g Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Extended Service (HPE Foundation Care) covering eligible hardware and software components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuration:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 years from the service start date, ensuring long-term protection and predictable maintenance planning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/b\u003e Remote diagnosis and technical support for hardware; on-site hardware repair when necessary to resolve issues; Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for selected non-HPE software; updates and patches for covered software as provided by manufacturers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse Time:\u003c\/b\u003e 4-hour parts-and-labor service response to eligible incidents to minimize downtime and maximize productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOn-site Support:\u003c\/b\u003e On-site service is provided when remote resolution is not feasible or physical hardware repair is required to restore service.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware Updates:\u003c\/b\u003e Access to updates and patches for supported HPE software; updates for certain third-party software are provided as released by the original software manufacturers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eValue Proposition:\u003c\/b\u003e Enhances reliability and uptime, delivers peace of mind, and supports efficient IT operations through continuous access to the latest releases and fixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service - 5 Year - Service 24g Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm that your hardware and eligible software are eligible for HPE Foundation Care Extended Service by reviewing your asset records and purchase documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 2:\u003c\/b\u003e Gather essential identifiers such as the service tag, serial numbers, and SKU\/UPC where applicable to ensure accurate registration and coverage alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 3:\u003c\/b\u003e Contact your authorized HPE reseller or HPE directly to initiate activation of the 5-year Foundation Care service. Provide the required asset details and purchase information to start the enrollment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Register the service with HPE and schedule the initial coverage activation. Confirm any on-site or remote diagnostics preferences and establish preferred support channels.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 5:\u003c\/b\u003e Ensure your IT team and operations staff have the necessary access to HPE support portals, enable remote connectivity for diagnostics, and document escalation paths for rapid issue resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 6:\u003c\/b\u003e Maintain an up-to-date asset inventory and keep your software licenses aligned with the Foundation Care coverage to maximize the benefits of basic software support and patch management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is HPE Foundation Care - Extended Service?\u003c\/b\u003e It is a five-year, comprehensive support program from Hewlett Packard Enterprise that covers hardware with remote diagnostics, on-site repair when needed, and basic software support for eligible software, along with collaborative management for selected non-HPE software and access to software updates and patches as provided by manufacturers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhich products are covered under this service?\u003c\/b\u003e The plan covers eligible HPE hardware and can include selected non-HPE software through Collaborative Call Management. Specific eligibility is determined by HPE based on your hardware model, software, and purchase terms.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the response time for issues?\u003c\/b\u003e The service guarantees a four-hour parts-and-labor response for eligible incidents, helping to reduce downtime and accelerate resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes this service include software updates?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. For covered HPE software, updates and patches are provided. For certain third-party software, updates may be included as they are released by the original manufacturers and made available to Foundation Care customers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I activate and install the service?\u003c\/b\u003e Activation typically involves confirming eligibility, registering asset details (service tag, SKU\/UPC), and engaging with your HPE reseller or HPE representative to enroll the hardware and software in the Foundation Care program. Activation includes setting up remote diagnostics access and scheduling for on-site support if required.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan I upgrade or extend the coverage later?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. Foundation Care is designed to be compatible with future expansions and can be extended or adjusted as your IT environment grows, subject to terms and availability at the time of renewal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909862252770,"sku":"7572840","price":1372.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175342472_f05884e5-a1cf-4579-af48-f7fc687241e2.jpg?v=1755524148"},{"product_id":"cisco-smart-net-total-care-service-8-10100-2-tsfp","title":"Cisco Smart Net Total Care - Service 8 10100  2 Tsfp","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCisco Smart Net Total Care is the cornerstone of resilient, predictable network performance. This service is designed for organizations that depend on Cisco hardware and software to keep their operations online, secure, and efficient. With Service 8, you gain reliable access to Cisco’s Technical Assistance Center (TAC), comprehensive hardware and software support, and proactive tools that help you prevent outages before they impact your users. This offering is tailored to environments leveraging two TSFP modules, delivering coverage that aligns with critical uplinks while simplifying management across your Cisco estate.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive support from Cisco TAC\u003c\/b\u003e — Direct access to Cisco’s Technical Assistance Center for expert guidance, troubleshooting, and escalation when you need it most, designed to minimize downtime and keep your network moving.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware and software coverage\u003c\/b\u003e — Includes hardware support and software updates to ensure your devices stay current, secure, and running on supported Cisco software versions with ongoing bug fixes and security advisories.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e8x5 coverage with proactive monitoring\u003c\/b\u003e — Core service available during standard business hours with proactive telemetry and diagnostics to identify and address issues before they disrupt operations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAsset management and portal access\u003c\/b\u003e — A centralized view of devices, warranties, and service cases through Cisco portals, making it easier to track, report, and renew coverage across sites and devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for two TSFP configurations\u003c\/b\u003e — Specifically suited for networks using two TSFP modules, helping you maintain reliable uplinks and reducing coverage gaps across critical paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco Smart Net Total Care - Service 8 10100 2 Tsfp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService Level\u003c\/b\u003e — 8x5 direct technical support with access to Cisco TAC; response times vary by severity and are aligned with Cisco’s standard service guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware Replacement\u003c\/b\u003e — Includes hardware replacement services for eligible components; next-business-day shipping or equivalent arrangements where stock and conditions permit.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware Updates\u003c\/b\u003e — Access to Cisco software updates and security advisories, enabling maintenance of supported software baselines and timely protection against vulnerabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProactive Monitoring\u003c\/b\u003e — Telemetry, diagnostics, and proactive alerts designed to detect anomalies and potential failures before they affect users or business processes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupport Portals\u003c\/b\u003e — Centralized case management and asset tracking via the Cisco Support Center and My Cisco portals; simplified renewal workflows and reporting for multiple devices\/sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to activate and manage Cisco Smart Net Total Care\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation and ongoing management are streamlined through Cisco’s support ecosystem. Start by registering your Cisco devices in the Cisco Support Center and linking them to your Smart Net Total Care contract. Collect serial numbers or product identifiers for all covered equipment and ensure they are tied to the appropriate account so that coverage, cases, and software entitlement are correctly aligned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNext, verify that your contract terms (including the Service 8 designation) are active in the portal. Attach devices to the service by entering serial numbers or product IDs, and confirm the devices appear in your asset inventory. Configure notification preferences so you receive timely alerts about outages, maintenance windows, or required software updates. If you already work with Cisco or a partner, coordinate with your account manager to confirm the scope of coverage across sites and ensure two TSFP modules are represented in the asset list for the intended protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce activated, you can submit and track support cases directly through the Cisco Support Center. Use the portal to monitor warranty status, view service entitlements, access software downloads, and download health reports for your network. Regularly review asset inventory, warranty renewals, and coverage gaps to keep your network protected and compliant with Cisco’s maintenance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What is Cisco Smart Net Total Care?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Cisco Smart Net Total Care is Cisco’s comprehensive technical support and maintenance service. It provides access to Cisco TAC, hardware and software support, software updates, proactive monitoring, and a centralized way to manage devices and contracts. It is designed to maximize network uptime and simplify lifecycle management for Cisco equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What does the “Service 8” designation mean?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The “8” typically indicates an 8x5 service level, offering defined support during standard business hours. The exact response times and coverage details depend on the product tier and Cisco’s published service guidelines, but the intent is reliable business-hours assistance and rapid issue resolution for critical network components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need to provide hardware to receive service?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: No separate hardware provisioning is required for the service to take effect, but you must have an active Smart Net Total Care contract and your devices must be registered within the Cisco Support Center. Hardware replacements, when included, follow Cisco’s terms for eligible components and may depend on stock and part availability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I access software updates and patches?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Software updates and security advisories are accessed through Cisco’s portals, such as the Cisco Software Center and My Cisco. When your devices are covered under Smart Net Total Care, you can download firmware, IOS updates, and other software upgrades that are compatible with your licensed hardware and software baseline.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this service be used across multiple sites and devices?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Smart Net Total Care is designed to scale across diverse environments, including multi-site deployments. The Cisco Support Center and My Cisco portals provide centralized management to help you track assets, coverage, and service requests across all locations and devices, including configurations that involve two TSFP modules as part of your network path.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909872017634,"sku":"9799063","price":2364.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175342788_c00d9e4a-6059-444c-aa68-24e40e2a3668.jpg?v=1755162279"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-extended-service-3-year-48g-sfp-svc","title":"Hpe Foundation Care Extended Service 3 Year 48G Sfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHPE Foundation Care Extended Service 3 Year 48G Sfp Svc is a robust, long-term support program crafted for organizations that demand maximum uptime and predictable IT budgeting. This 3-year plan unifies comprehensive hardware and software protection with proactive remote diagnostics, rapid on-site response, and coordinated issue resolution across HPE hardware and select third-party software environments. By consolidating hardware and software support into a single, fixed-duration contract, it minimizes downtime, accelerates remediation, and helps protect your valuable IT investments from unplanned outages. Built for mission-critical environments, Foundation Care Extended Service keeps your infrastructure highly available and your teams focused on strategic initiatives rather than firefighting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAll-in-one hardware and software coverage:\u003c\/b\u003e The Foundation Care Extended Service delivers end-to-end protection for eligible HPE hardware plus extended support for select non-HPE software. Expect remote diagnostics, proactive problem detection, on-site hardware repair when needed, and software assistance that keeps systems secure and up-to-date. This holistic approach reduces the finger-pointing that often occurs when multiple vendors are involved and helps your team resolve dependencies quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRapid four-hour response for parts and labor:\u003c\/b\u003e Minimize downtime with a guaranteed 4-hour response window. When issues arise, qualified Hewlett Packard Enterprise technicians are mobilized to diagnose, repair, or escalate as necessary, delivering expedited restoration of service and preserving business continuity even during peak workloads or critical operations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware updates, patches, and collaborative management:\u003c\/b\u003e For software covered under the plan, you gain remote technical support, access to updates and patches, and ongoing maintenance to keep systems secure and current. Where applicable, Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management help coordinate remediation across multiple vendors, improving success rates for complex software interdependencies.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCross-vendor coordination for faster remediation:\u003c\/b\u003e The Foundation Care Extended Service is designed to reduce vendor blame and speed resolution by providing a single, coordinated support experience across HPE hardware and select third-party software. This collaborative approach helps your IT team resolve issues faster and with fewer escalations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePredictable budgeting and business continuity:\u003c\/b\u003e A fixed-term, single-contract model simplifies financial planning, lowers total cost of ownership, and reduces unplanned service costs. With on-site coverage when needed and remote diagnostics as the first line of defense, you gain peace of mind that downtime costs and support unpredictability are minimized over the 3-year horizon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of Hpe Foundation Care Extended Service 3 Year 48G Sfp Svc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage: 3-year Foundation Care Extended Service for eligible HPE hardware, with extended support for select non-HPE software environments as described in the contract. The service encompasses remote diagnostics, proactive problem resolution, and on-site hardware repair when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResponse and on-site support: A rapid four-hour response window for parts and labor is guaranteed, with on-site technicians available to diagnose and remediate hardware issues or to coordinate escalation when remote fixes are insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoftware support: For software products covered under this plan, Hewlett Packard Enterprise provides remote technical support, access to software updates and patches, and ongoing maintenance. Where applicable, Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management are included to coordinate remediation across multiple software vendors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProactive coverage: The service emphasizes proactive problem resolution and remote diagnostics to detect and address issues before they impact operations, reducing unplanned downtime and improving system reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle, consolidated service: By combining hardware and software support into one contract, the Foundation Care Extended Service streamlines escalation paths, minimizes vendor friction, and simplifies budgeting for long-term IT resilience.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eHow to install Hpe Foundation Care Extended Service 3 Year 48G Sfp Svc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Initiate engagement with your Hewlett Packard Enterprise account team or authorized HPE partner to activate the Foundation Care Extended Service for the 3-year term and confirm coverage for your specific hardware and software environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Gather essential details, including device serial numbers, site location, primary service contact, and any critical workloads or dependencies that require coordination with third-party software vendors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Define the scope of coverage for hardware and any applicable non-HPE software, and review the service level agreement to ensure the four-hour response window and on-site support meet your operational requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 4: Schedule onboarding and installation of any required monitoring tools or remote diagnostics agents. Ensure network connectivity and appropriate security permissions to enable remote diagnostics and software updates.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 5: On the agreed activation date, HPE will verify the coverage, establish escalation channels, and set up remote monitoring capabilities. You’ll receive documentation detailing contact points, response times, and escalation procedures for hardware and software issues.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 6: Train your IT team on the support workflow, including how to request remote assistance, what information to provide during incidents, and how Collaborative Call Management will be used to coordinate multi-vendor remediation when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does HPE Foundation Care Extended Service cover?\u003c\/b\u003e It covers eligible HPE hardware with comprehensive remote diagnostics, proactive problem resolution, and on-site hardware repair when needed. For software, it provides remote technical support, access to updates and patches, and, where applicable, Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for select non-HPE software integrations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the response time?\u003c\/b\u003e The service guarantees a four-hour response for parts and labor, designed to expedite remediation and minimize downtime for mission-critical systems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes it include third-party software support?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, where applicable, the plan includes support coordination for select non-HPE software environments through Collaborative Call Management and related software maintenance offerings, helping to align multi-vendor remediation efforts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow long is the contract term?\u003c\/b\u003e The contract term is 3 years, providing long-term reliability and predictable budgeting for ongoing IT support.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow is this service billed?\u003c\/b\u003e The Foundation Care Extended Service is sold as a single, fixed-duration contract that bundles hardware and software support into one price, simplifying budgeting and reducing ad-hoc service charges.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I activate or renew the service?\u003c\/b\u003e Activation typically begins through your HPE account team or an authorized partner. Renewal is handled through the same channel, with a continuation of the same coverage terms for the next contract period, subject to eligibility and the latest service terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909877129442,"sku":"7528693","price":1282.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175344603_1bd9c121-43f0-41fd-8d24-fe0a107c275a.jpg?v=1755524100"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-5-year-warranty-48g-sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care - 5 Year - Warranty 48g Sfp+ Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHPE Foundation Care\u003c\/b\u003e is your reliable, long-term protection plan for essential networking and hardware software services. This 5-year exchange-based program is designed to maximize uptime, minimize unexpected repair costs, and streamline IT operations for Hewlett Packard Enterprise equipment. By combining remote hardware and software support with a fast, freight-free hardware exchange, Foundation Care helps IT teams resolve issues quickly, implement critical updates, and maintain high availability for mission-critical networks. The service is tailored for HPE Networking products and supports \u003cb\u003eremote technical assistance\u003c\/b\u003e, proactive software updates, and a straightforward, predictable cost structure that reduces surprise expenditures. Whether you run a small data center or a large enterprise network, Foundation Care delivers the peace of mind you need to keep your 48g SFP+ solutions performing at peak levels.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive remote hardware and software support:\u003c\/b\u003e Industry-leading technical resources collaborate with your IT team to diagnose and resolve hardware and software problems on your HPE products, helping you maintain maximum network availability with minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware exchange with freight-free replacement:\u003c\/b\u003e Eligible HPE products benefit from a reliable and fast parts exchange service. A replacement product or part is delivered free of freight charges to your location within the agreed timeframe, providing a convenient alternative to onsite support and ensuring quick restoration of service.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware support, updates, and patches:\u003c\/b\u003e Access remote technical assistance for HPE Networking products, plus timely updates and patches as soon as they’re released, along with reference manuals to keep your team informed and capable.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eElectronic access to essential information:\u003c\/b\u003e Your IT staff gains convenient, electronic access to related product and support information, enabling faster problem resolution and better decision-making without hunting through multiple portals.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExtended protection with a 5-year horizon and included support:\u003c\/b\u003e This long-term coverage emphasizes reliability, with next-business-day replacement options and phone support included to resolve issues swiftly and keep critical services online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care - 5 Year - Warranty 48g Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService duration:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 years of coverage designed to ensure long-term stability and predictable budgeting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eService scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Remote hardware and software support for Hewlett Packard Enterprise Networking products, with emphasis on maintaining availability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware Exchange:\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement product or part delivered free of freight charges; replacements are new or equivalent to new in performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware updates and documentation:\u003c\/b\u003e Access to updates, patches, and manuals as soon as they are available, helping you stay current with the latest features and security fixes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eResponse time and support channels:\u003c\/b\u003e Next Business Day replacement service and phone support included to resolve issues promptly and minimize downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003ehow to install HPE Foundation Care - 5 Year - Warranty 48g Sfp+ Svc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eConfirm eligibility for Foundation Care with your HPE account representative or partner portal, and gather the device serial numbers or SKUs for the affected hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSelect the appropriate Foundation Care plan level and verify coverage dates for the 48g SFP+ equipment you intend to protect.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare site details and contact information for your IT staff so HPE can coordinate quickly in case of an incident or exchange request.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eActivate the Foundation Care plan in the HPE service portal and associate it with the relevant hardware assets or networking platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEstablish the support workflow, including escalation paths, replacement procedures, and the preferred method of communication with HPE support to ensure a smooth enrollment and prompt assistance when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does the HPE Foundation Care - 5 Year plan include?\u003c\/b\u003e It provides remote hardware and software support, hardware exchange with freight-free replacement, access to software updates and patches, electronic support information, and a 5-year coverage period with included phone support and Next Business Day replacement options.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the response time for hardware replacement?\u003c\/b\u003e Replacement service is offered on a Next Business Day basis, helping you minimize downtime and keep critical systems online.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAre software updates and reference manuals included?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The plan includes remote software support, updates, patches, and access to reference manuals as soon as they are released.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs phone support included in the plan?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. Phone support is included to help resolve issues quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the hardware replacement new or equivalent to new?\u003c\/b\u003e Replacements are new or equivalent to new in performance, ensuring you receive equipment that meets or exceeds original specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909889548514,"sku":"7573054","price":1602.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175344550_5c811c25-f2b1-4e58-9ae5-10a9a1c24b49.jpg?v=1755524182"},{"product_id":"startech-com-msa-uncoded-sfp-module-10gbase-zr-10ge-gigabit-ethernet-sfp-10gbe-single-mode-fiber-smf-optic-transceiver-80km-ddm","title":"StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-ZR - 10GE Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ 10GbE Single Mode Fiber (SMF) Optic Transceiver - 80km DDM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP+ Module for 10GBASE-ZR is a high-performance, hot-swappable transceiver designed to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over long-reach single-mode fiber. Built to meet MSA standards, this SFP+ optic is engineered for data centers, enterprise networks, and paragraph-long uplinks where distance and signal integrity matter. With Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) and robust build quality, it offers the resilience needed for mission-critical links between switches, routers, and core network gear. When you need dependable long-haul 10 GbE performance, this SFP+ module is a trusted choice that pairs with compatible devices for seamless, low-latency fiber connectivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-haul 10 GbE over SMF:\u003c\/b\u003e Support for 10GBASE-ZR enables stable, high-speed Ethernet transmission over single-mode fiber for distances up to 80 km, making it ideal for data center interconnects, metropolitan networks, and campus backbones where fiber runs span tens of miles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMSA-compliant SFP+ form factor:\u003c\/b\u003e The transceiver adheres to the industry-standard Small Form-factor Pluggable Plus (SFP+) interface, ensuring broad compatibility with a wide range of switches, routers, and fiber infrastructure that support 10GBASE-ZR in an MSA-compliant slot.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM):\u003c\/b\u003e Real-time optics health information is available to administrators, enabling proactive management and quicker fault isolation through accessible optical power, temperature, bias current, and other critical metrics.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh performance over long distances:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for reliable long-haul operation, the module maintains strong signal integrity across extended fiber links, supporting high-throughput applications such as storage replication, server-to-server clustering, and backbone connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy integration, flexible deployment:\u003c\/b\u003e The SFP+ module is designed for plug-and-play installation in compatible network devices, reducing downtime during upgrades or capacity expansion and offering a seamless path to 10 GbE adoption without replacing existing hardware on the uplink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-ZR\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ transceiver module for fiber networking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 Gbps (10GBASE-ZR)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-mode fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e Approximately 1310 nm (typical for long-haul SMF links)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReach:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 80 km (49.7 miles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex optical connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+, MSA-compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) capable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplications:\u003c\/b\u003e Long-distance 10 GbE links, data center interconnects, campus networks, and high-speed uplinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to work with 10GBASE-ZR capable MSA switches and routers that support SFP+ modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-ZR\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eTo install the StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP+ Module, first verify that your network device (switch or router) supports 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ transceivers and that the device’s firmware is up to date. Power down the device or ensure a safe, hot-swappable environment if your equipment supports hot-swapping. Insert the transceiver into any available SFP+ slot until it seats firmly with a click. Connect your single-mode fiber cable with LC connectors to the LC ports on the module, ensuring proper polarity and secure connections. Route the fiber to the remote device, avoiding excessive bending radii and protecting the cable from physical damage. Power on the equipment and verify link status via the device’s management interface or CLI. Use the CAM or monitoring tools to confirm that the DDM parameters indicate healthy operation, and run a throughput test to validate performance. If authentication or licensing is required for certain features on your platform, ensure those steps are completed before testing. For best results, use high-quality single-mode fiber patch cords and maintain clean connector tips with appropriate fiber cleaning supplies. Regularly monitor the DDM data to catch drift in optical power, temperature, or bias that might signal impending issues on the link.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What is 10GBASE-ZR, and what distance can I expect?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e 10GBASE-ZR is a 10 Gbps optical Ethernet standard designed for long-haul connections over single-mode fiber. It supports links up to 80 km with appropriate optical budget and wavelength, making it suitable for interconnects between data centers or across campus networks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is this StarTech.com SFP+ module compatible with most 10G switches and routers?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. This module is designed to be MSA-compliant and compatible with a wide range of 10GBASE-ZR capable switches and routers that support SFP+ transceivers. Always verify vendor compatibility and firmware requirements for optimal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does it support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM)?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The module includes DDM, providing real-time diagnostics such as optical power, temperature, and bias current to help monitor link health and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What type of fiber and connectors are used?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The transceiver uses single-mode fiber with LC duplex connectors, designed for long-haul, high-speed links with low attenuation characteristics typical of SMF installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e How do I maximize performance and longevity of this transceiver?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Use high-quality SMF fiber, keep connectors clean, follow best practices for fiber management to avoid bending or stressing cables, ensure compatible firmware, and monitor DDM data to detect drift or anomalies early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909906653410,"sku":"4969126","price":192.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175282927_9ef7e459-b509-415b-b5c2-83a260ed4a6b.jpg?v=1755164188"},{"product_id":"startech-com-dell-emc-sfp-1g-zx-compatible-sfp-module-1000base-zx-1ge-sfp-1gbe-single-mode-fiber-smf-optic-transceiver-80km-ddm","title":"StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-ZX Compatible SFP Module - 1000BASE-ZX - 1GE SFP 1GbE Single Mode Fiber SMF Optic Transceiver - 80km DDM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis StarTech.com compatible SFP-1G-ZX module brings enterprise-grade 1 Gigabit Ethernet fiber connectivity to Dell EMC equipment with plug-and-play simplicity. Engineered for long-reach deployments, it supports 1000BASE-ZX over single-mode fiber up to 80 kilometers, making it ideal for campus backbones, data-center interconnects, and remote sites that demand reliable, high-performance links. Designed, programmed, and tested to work seamlessly with Dell EMC switches and routers, this transceiver delivers the trusted compatibility you need without the hassle of compatibility surprises. With Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM) built in, you gain real-time visibility into critical link health metrics, enabling proactive maintenance and faster mean time to repair. Whether you’re expanding an existing network or configuring a new Dell EMC-based infrastructure, this module provides a cost-effective, high-quality solution that keeps your network fast, efficient, and resilient.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 Gbps Ethernet over fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivers dependable 1000BASE-ZX connectivity over single-mode fiber with a reach up to 80 kilometers, ideal for long-haul links, campus backbones, and inter-building connectivity in enterprise networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDell EMC compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically tested and programmed to work with Dell EMC switches and routers, ensuring plug-and-play integration, reliable performance, and streamlined deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDDM enabled for proactive management:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostic Monitoring provides real-time data on link status, TX\/RX power, temperature, and other optical parameters so IT teams can monitor health and preempt issues before they impact users.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy installation in a standard SFP slot:\u003c\/b\u003e As a hot-swappable SFP module with LC duplex connectors, it fits standard network hardware, enabling rapid upgrades or replacements with minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQuality and reliability you can count on:\u003c\/b\u003e Backed by StarTech.com’s engineering validation and extensive compatibility testing, this module delivers dependable performance with solid warranty support for enterprise networks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechncial Details of StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-ZX Compatible SFP Module - 1000BASE-ZX - 1GE SFP 1GbE Single Mode Fiber SMF Optic Transceiver - 80km DDM\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP transceiver module\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStandard:\u003c\/b\u003e 1000BASE-ZX\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-mode fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReach:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 80 kilometers\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostic:\u003c\/b\u003e DDM (Digital Diagnostic Monitoring) supported\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Dell EMC ecosystem (tested for Dell EMC switches\/routers)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e StarTech.com\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-ZX Compatible SFP Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down and, if applicable, disconnect the device from power to ensure safe handling of the SFP slot.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify an available SFP slot in the Dell EMC switch or router and remove the existing module if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCarefully insert the SFP-1G-ZX module into the slot until it seats with a firm click, taking care not to apply excessive force.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the single-mode fiber optic cable to the LC duplex connectors, ensuring proper orientation and clean, dust-free connections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReconnect power, verify link status through device LEDs or management interface, and confirm the 1 Gbps link is established. Use management tools to monitor DDM data for ongoing health checks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat network standard does this module support?\u003c\/b\u003e It supports 1000BASE-ZX, delivering 1 Gigabit Ethernet over single-mode fiber for long-reach links up to 80 kilometers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this module compatible with Dell EMC devices?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It is specifically designed and tested to work with Dell EMC switches and routers, providing plug-and-play compatibility within Dell EMC environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the module support Digital Diagnostic Monitoring?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It includes DDM to monitor optical health, TX\/RX power, temperature, and other critical parameters in real time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cbwhat type of fiber and connectors are required\u003e It uses single-mode fiber with LC duplex connectors, which are standard for long-reach SFP transceivers and compatible with typical Dell EMC fiber installations.\u003c\/bwhat\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cbhow do i install this sfp module\u003e Power down the device, insert the SFP into an available slot, connect the LC fiber, power on, and verify the link via LEDs or management software. DDMS data can assist with ongoing health monitoring.\u003c\/bhow\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909913075938,"sku":"5699903","price":42.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175283027_52d836f6-6379-415f-a932-0f5307667b0e.jpg?v=1755164271"},{"product_id":"black-box-sfp-1250-mbps-fiber-with-extended-diagnostics-1310-nm-single-mode-lc-30-km","title":"Black Box SFP, 1250-Mbps Fiber with Extended Diagnostics, 1310-nm Single-Mode, LC, 30 km","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover a robust and future‑ready SFP transceiver engineered for high‑speed networks that demand reliable performance, long reach, and proactive diagnostics. The Black Box SFP module delivers up to 1250 Mbps of sustained throughput, making it an excellent fit for 1000‑Mbps Ethernet environments that require extra headroom for bursts, QoS handling, and scalable growth. Designed for long‑distance fiber deployments, this transceiver uses 1310‑nm single‑mode optics to optimize performance over fiber links up to 30 kilometers. Its LC connector provides a standard, compact interface that is easy to install into most SFP slots, enabling quick upgrades and minimal downtime. What sets this SFP apart is its extended diagnostics capability, which reports essential link characteristics and operating conditions, including temperature, SFP type, wavelength, bit rate, and the length of the fiber link. This combination of high throughput, extended reach, and proactive monitoring makes the Black Box SFP a dependable choice for data centers, campus networks, and enterprise backbones seeking reliability, visibility, and ease of management.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh throughput with headroom for growth:\u003c\/b\u003e This SFP supports up to 1250 Mbps, providing ample bandwidth for core Ethernet paths while preserving room for traffic bursts, virtualization workloads, and future upgrades without replacing hardware. In environments migrating from 1 Gbps to 10 Gbps or consolidating uplinks, this module helps avoid performance bottlenecks and reduces upgrade cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-reach 1310 nm single‑mode optics:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for transmissions over standard single‑mode fiber, enabling reliable links up to 30 kilometers. The long‑haul capability minimizes the need for additional repeaters or regeneration hardware, making it ideal for inter‑building links, campus networks, and data‑center to data‑center connections across metropolitan areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact LC connector for widespread compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e The LC duplex interface is a ubiquitous standard in modern fiber deployments. Its small form factor simplifies cable management, enables dense port configurations, and ensures compatibility with a broad range of fiber patch leads, cables, and network gear without special adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExtended diagnostics for proactive maintenance:\u003c\/b\u003e Beyond basic link status, this SFP provides rich diagnostic reporting, including SFP type, fiber length, wavelength, bit rate, and temperature. Access to these metrics supports proactive monitoring, rapid fault isolation, and predictive maintenance to prevent unexpected outages.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlug‑and‑play integration with broad device support:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for seamless operation with SFP‑enabled switches, media converters, and routers, the module integrates into existing infrastructure with minimal configuration. Its standardized behavior simplifies management across heterogeneous networks, reducing operational complexity during upgrades or expansion projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Black Box SFP, 1250‑Mbps Fiber with Extended Diagnostics, 1310-nm Single-Mode, LC, 30 km\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThroughput:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 1250 Mbps, delivering solid performance for 1 Gbps Ethernet environments and providing headroom for bursty traffic and QoS‑intensive applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310 nm, optimized for low attenuation in long‑haul single‑mode fiber links and compatible with standard 1310-nm optical networks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single‑mode, designed for long‑distance transmission with low dispersion and suitable for links up to 30 kilometers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC (duplex) optical connector, offering a compact, widely adopted interface for fiber interconnects and easy cable management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum Link Distance:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 km, enabling extensive campus or data‑center interconnections without optical amplification or repeaters in many deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Extended diagnostics report temperature, fiber length, wavelength, bit rate, and SFP type, providing actionable visibility for monitoring and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Black Box SFP, 1250‑Mbps Fiber with Extended Diagnostics\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower down the host device (switch, router, or media converter) before inserting or removing the SFP module to prevent damage from static or misalignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the SFP module into the eligible SFP port until it seats firmly with a light click, ensuring the connector is oriented correctly for the chassis and slot type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect a 1310 nm single‑mode fiber optic cable with LC connectors, aligning the transmit and receive orientations to match the corresponding ports on the network equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower on the device and verify the SFP link status through the device’s management interface or LED indicators. Confirm that the port negotiates at or near 1250 Mbps where supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess the management tools to review extended diagnostics and ensure parameters (temperature, wavelength, fiber length, and bit rate) reflect expected values for a healthy link. Schedule routine checks to monitor drift, aging, or thermal changes over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the primary use case for this SFP?\u003c\/b\u003e It is designed for high‑throughput, long‑reach Ethernet deployments. The module supports up to 1250 Mbps and 1310‑nm single‑mode fiber, making it suitable for 1 Gbps networks requiring extra capacity and reliable long‑distance links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat kind of diagnostics does it provide?\u003c\/b\u003e The SFP offers extended diagnostics that report the SFP type, fiber link length, operating wavelength, bit rate, and temperature. This visibility helps with proactive maintenance, quick fault isolation, and informed capacity planning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this SFP compatible with most switches and devices?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The module is designed to be compatible with standard SFP slots across a wide range of switches, routers, and media converters. It aligns with common 1250‑Mbps Ethernet expectations and long‑haul fiber configurations, helping streamline upgrades in mixed‑vendor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the maximum fiber distance supported?\u003c\/b\u003e The module supports up to 30 kilometers on suitable 1310‑nm single‑mode fiber, which supports campus‑level interconnects and longer data‑center uplinks without additional amplification.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I ensure the SFP operates at the expected speed?\u003c\/b\u003e Verify that the linked devices negotiate correctly and that the operating mode aligns with 1250 Mbps where applicable. Use the management interface to confirm the reported bit rate matches the expected value and monitor diagnostics for any anomalies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Black Box","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909945745634,"sku":"3230291","price":150.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175283878_8ebaebd9-4cbc-403a-b412-ad2d0ef775d9.jpg?v=1755357499"},{"product_id":"cisco-10gbase-lr-sfp-transceiver-module-for-smf-1310-nm-wavelength","title":"Cisco 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Transceiver Module For SMF, 1310-nm Wavelength","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Cisco 10GBASE-LR SFP+ transceiver is a hot-pluggable optical module designed to deliver robust, high-speed 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over long-distance single-mode fiber. Engineered to meet Cisco compatibility standards, this SFP+ module plugs into supported Cisco device sockets to extend network reach with reliable performance, low latency, and minimal power footprint. Ideal for data centers, campus networks, and edge interconnections, it provides a flexible, scalable solution for growing bandwidth needs while maintaining seamless interoperability with existing Cisco infrastructure and a wide range of SFP+ capable switches and routers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-range, high-performance 10GBASE-LR over SMF:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310-nm wavelength delivers stable, low-noise transmission over distances up to 10 kilometers, making it perfect for inter-building links, data-center core\/backbone connections, and WAN-like campus deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCisco-compatible, hot-pluggable SFP+ design:\u003c\/b\u003e Plug-and-play installation into supported Cisco devices without complex configuration, enabling rapid capacity upgrades and minimal downtime. The hot-swappable form factor reduces maintenance windows and simplifies fleet management.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuplex LC optical interface on single-mode fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Uses a standard LC duplex connector and single-mode fiber to maximize signal integrity, minimize modal dispersion, and support tight link margins in enterprise networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DOM) and reliable monitoring:\u003c\/b\u003e Provides real-time visibility into transmit power, received power, temperature, laser bias current, and other critical parameters to help you optimize performance and anticipate potential issues before they affect service.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust, standards-based construction:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ MSA-compliant design with Cisco compatibility ensures dependable operation within supported ecosystems, backed by Cisco’s reliability and service ecosystem for enterprise-grade deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Transceiver Module for SMF, 1310-nm Wavelength\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ transceiver module (10 Gbps optical interface)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 Gigabits per second (10 Gbps)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLink distance:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 10 km on single-mode fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-Mode Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector type:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTransmit power:\u003c\/b\u003e Typical range around 0 dBm to -3 dBm (varies by manufacturer and model)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReceiver sensitivity:\u003c\/b\u003e Better than or equal to -14 dBm at 10 Gbps (typical specifications can vary)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDOM support:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DOM) capable on many platforms for real-time diagnostics\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ form factor, MSA-compliant, designed for Cisco devices and other SFP+-enabled switches\/routers\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperating temperature:\u003c\/b\u003e 0 to 70°C (industrial variants may vary)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/b\u003e Low-power design typical for SFP+ modules, enabling efficient data-center operation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes; designed for easy installation and removal without powering down devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompliance:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ MSA-compliant, Cisco-compatible, with required regulatory approvals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Cisco 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Transceiver Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling a Cisco 10GBASE-LR SFP+ transceiver is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime. Follow these general steps to ensure a proper, reliable deployment. Always refer to your specific device’s maintenance guides for any vendor-specific nuances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 1: Prepare the device and fiber infrastructure. Ensure that the target Cisco device is powered on or ready for a hot-swapped replacement as appropriate. Inspect the SFP+ slot to confirm no debris or damage, and verify that the fiber path uses a single-mode fiber patch cord with LC duplex connectors suitable for 1310-nm operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 2: Align and insert the transceiver. Hold the transceiver by its edges and gently slide it into the SFP+ slot until the module’s latch engages with a decisive click. Do not force the module; if it does not seat with a single, firm click, remove and reinsert carefully. The public keying and connector alignment will prevent mis-insertion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 3: Connect the fiber patch cable. Securely connect the LC duplex fiber patch cord to the transceiver and to the corresponding SFP+ port on the opposite end of the link. Ensure proper polarity and connector cleanliness to maximize optical performance. Manage fiber routing to minimize bending radius and avoid sharp twists or compression.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 4: Verify link and operability. If your device supports Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DOM), check the transceiver status and link health via the device CLI or management GUI. Confirm that the optical link is up, the data rate is negotiated at 10 Gbps, and any diagnostic readouts indicate normal operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 5: Configure and monitor. Depending on your network topology, configure the interface for 10G Ethernet operation, enable necessary features (such as jumbo frames or flow control), and monitor the interface for stability. If you are integrating into a larger Cisco environment, align with existing routing and VLAN configurations and validate end-to-end performance with a baseline test.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 6: Maintenance and documentation. Record the module’s serial details, install location, and firmware\/driver compatibility notes in your asset management system. Periodically review DOM metrics and ensure fiber cleanliness and connector integrity to sustain optimal performance over the link lifetime.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is a 10GBASE-LR SFP+ transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It is a compact, hot-pluggable optical module that enables 10 Gigabit Ethernet over long-distance single-mode fiber, typically up to 10 kilometers when paired with appropriate SMF cabling and optics.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Will this Cisco SFP+ module work with my Cisco device?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module is designed to be Cisco-compatible and should operate in devices that support SFP+ transceivers of this type. Always verify compatibility with your specific switch or router model and firmware version using Cisco compatibility matrices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What kind of fiber cable do I need?\u003c\/b\u003e A: You will need a single-mode fiber patch cord with LC duplex connectors aligned for 1310 nm operation. Proper fiber management and bend-radius constraints are essential for maintaining link integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mix vendors or use third-party SFP+ modules?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Some Cisco devices are certified for third-party SFP+ modules, but compatibility varies by model and firmware. For guaranteed interoperability and support, use Cisco-supported or Cisco-approved modules and check your device’s vendor recommendations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I verify the link status and performance?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Use your device’s CLI or management interface to check transceiver status, SFP+ diagnostics (if DOM is supported), and the interface for 10G link status. Run basic throughput tests or loopback checks to confirm stable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is DOM available on all Cisco-compatible SFP+ LR modules?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Digital Diagnostics Monitoring is commonly supported on many SFP+ LR modules, providing real-time metrics. Availability may depend on the exact module variant and device firmware, so consult the product documentation or vendor support notes for specifics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909962293474,"sku":"11027393","price":3568.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284504_ab6a5031-398b-4fab-9c6a-85f864f7287f.jpg?v=1755166305"},{"product_id":"accortec-cisco-sfp-module","title":"Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module is a high-performance transceiver designed to accelerate multi-gigabit and ten-gigabit networking across optical networks and data centers. Built to support 10GBASE-SR standards, this module delivers reliable, high-speed connectivity for short-range links over multi-mode fiber. Featuring a standard LC\/PC connector and a compact SFP+ form factor, it plugs into Cisco switches, routers, and other compatible devices with ease, enabling rapid upgrades to 10 Gigabit Ethernet without overhauling your existing cabling or hardware. Whether you’re consolidating server connections, expanding uplinks, or upgrading data-center top-of-rack (ToR) infrastructure, the Accortec SFP+ SR module provides a scalable, cost-effective solution that balances performance, compatibility, and value.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-performance 10GBASE-SR transceiver\u003c\/b\u003e designed for short-range, high-bandwidth links over multi-mode fiber. This SFP+ module delivers 10 gigabits per second with low latency, making it ideal for latency-sensitive data-center and enterprise applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMulti-mode fiber compatibility with LC\/PC connector\u003c\/b\u003e supports typical 850 nm operation across popular MMF grades (OM1\/OM2\/OM3\/OM4). Expect reliable link budgets and stable performance across a range of fiber types, with optimal performance on newer OM3\/OM4 installations for extended reach up to ~300 meters.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlug-and-play compatibility with Cisco devices\u003c\/b\u003e requiring no extensive configuration in most deployments. The Accortec SFP+ SR module is designed for seamless integration with Cisco Catalyst, Nexus, and related platforms, enabling quick uplink upgrades and reduced downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust build quality and reliability\u003c\/b\u003e in a compact, hot-swappable SFP+ package. The module uses durable materials and adheres to industry standards for interoperability, with RoHS compliance and a design that supports long service life in demanding data-center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile use cases for modern networks\u003c\/b\u003e including server aggregation, edge connectivity, virtualized environments, and high-density switch uplinks. Its compact form factor and reliable performance simplify data-center scaling and network modernization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard: 10GBASE-SR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiber Type: Multi-mode Optical Fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnector: LC \/ PC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWavelength: 850 nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData Rate: 10 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance: Up to 300 meters on optimized MMF (OM3\/OM4); actual distance depends on fiber grade and system budget\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating Temperature: 0 to 70°C (commercial) or as specified by vendor for extended ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDOM (Digital Diagnostics): Support varies by model; provides real-time optics health data where implemented\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot-Swappable: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompliance: MSA-compliant, RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module, power down the device if your deployment requires it, then follow these steps for a straightforward upgrade. Gently insert the SFP+ module into the appropriate SFP+ slot until you hear or feel a click, indicating the module is securely seated. Attach the LC\/PC fiber patch cable with the correct polarity and ensure the fiber is properly terminated and clean. Power on the device and verify link activity via the switch or router management interface or LED indicators. If your network supports digital diagnostics, you can monitor performance metrics such as transceiver temperature, laser bias current, and optical receive power to confirm healthy operation. In most Cisco environments, no additional configuration is required beyond enabling the 10G port or ensuring it is administratively enabled. If you are working with older gear, consult the device’s documentation for any port-specific settings and link negotiation requirements. By following these steps, you’ll maximize uptime and achieve reliable 10G connectivity with minimal disruption.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Accortec Cisco SFP+ Module compatible with Cisco equipment?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. This SFP+ module is designed for compatibility with Cisco switches, routers, and related devices, providing a practical upgrade path to 10GBASE-SR connectivity without requiring major changes to your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber and distance can I expect?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It uses multi-mode fiber with an 850 nm wavelength. On optimized MMF such as OM3\/OM4, you can reach up to about 300 meters; actual distance depends on fiber quality, connector integrity, and link budget.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need to configure anything on the device after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e A: In most cases, no special configuration is required; the port will negotiate to 10GBASE-SR automatically. Some devices may require enabling the port or adjusting speed settings via management software or CLI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mix this module with other vendors’ SFP+ transceivers?\u003c\/b\u003e A: While many SFP+ modules are designed for cross-vendor compatibility, performance and support can vary. For the best results and warranty coverage, use modules recommended or tested for your specific Cisco hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What about warranty and support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Warranty terms vary by seller and region. Check the product listing or vendor policy for details, including return options and support coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Accortec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909972910306,"sku":"3854184","price":215.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175282876_0e369e63-4b91-4bb4-9e6c-ed265fe8ee73.jpg?v=1755166950"},{"product_id":"startech-com-brocade-10g-sfpp-bxu-compatible-sfp-module-10gbase-bx-u-10-gbe-gigabit-ethernet-bidi-fiber-smf","title":"StarTech.com Brocade 10G-SFPP-BXU Compatible SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-BX-U - 10 GbE Gigabit Ethernet BiDi Fiber (SMF)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe StarTech.com Brocade 10G-SFPP-BXU Compatible SFP+ Module is a high-performance, plug-and-play transceiver designed to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet over single-mode fiber (SMF) using BiDi optics. Built to be fully compatible with Brocade 10GBASE-BX-U environments, this SFP+ module is engineered, programmed, and tested to ensure smooth interoperability with Brocade switches and routers. When paired with StarTech.com’s 10G-SFPP-BXD-ST transceivers, it provides a robust upstream fiber solution that helps data centers and enterprise networks consolidate fiber runs and simplify infrastructure without sacrificing throughput or reliability. The module offers a compact, hot-swappable form factor with an efficient power profile, making it an ideal choice for racked environments, campus networks, and edge deployments where space and performance matter. Whether you’re upgrading an aging 1G uplink or expanding a 10G backbone, this SFP+ BiDi transceiver is designed to fit seamlessly into your network, delivering the benefits of modern BiDi optics while maintaining compatibility with existing 10GBASE-BX-U configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBroad compatibility with Brocade 10GBASE-BX-U networks\u003c\/b\u003e — This SFP+ module is designed, programmed, and tested to work with Brocade BX-U ecosystems, ensuring reliable interoperability with your Brocade switches and routers. It also pairs smoothly with StarTech.com’s own 10G-SFP products such as the 10G-SFPP-BXD-ST, enabling flexible uplink solutions and straightforward cross-vendor deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBiDi fiber technology for single-fiber 10 GbE links\u003c\/b\u003e — Leveraging bidirectional optics, this transceiver enables full-duplex 10 Gigabit Ethernet over a single SMF fiber strand, reducing fiber footprint and cabling costs while preserving high link budgets and quality of service. It’s a practical choice for facilities with limited conduit or where fiber availability is a concern.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOptimized for high-performance, low-latency networks\u003c\/b\u003e — The 10G-SFPP-BXU module delivers dependable 10 GbE performance suitable for data-intensive workloads, virtualization, and high-throughput applications. Its design emphasizes low insertion loss, stable link integrity, and consistent timing characteristics, making it well-suited for data center leaf-spine architectures and enterprise backbones.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) and robust monitoring\u003c\/b\u003e — Built with monitoring capabilities that provide real-time insight into TX\/RX power, temperature, and supply voltage, this transceiver supports proactive network management. DDM data helps administrators verify link health, plan capacity, and diagnose issues before they impact performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy installation, hot-swappable, and driver-free\u003c\/b\u003e — With a standard SFP+ footprint and a straightforward plug-and-play workflow, this module installs quickly into compatible switches or routers. No software drivers are required; simply insert, connect the BiDi fiber link, and power up. Its hot-swappable design minimizes downtime during upgrades or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Brocade 10G-SFPP-BXU Compatible SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-BX-U - 10 GbE BiDi Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eSpecifications gathered from official product data and compatibility docs, including form factor (SFP+), signaling type (10GBASE-BX-U BiDi), fiber mode (SMF), and connector type (LC).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSupports 10 Gigabit Ethernet with BiDi signal transmission over a single-mode fiber link, enabling cost-efficient deployments and simplified cabling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesigned for interoperability with Brocade BX-U compatible devices and StarTech.com transceiver pairs, delivering plug-and-play integration in mixed-vendor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) capability for monitoring key optical parameters and environmental data to support proactive maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoHS-compliant and built to meet industry standards for reliability and performance in enterprise and data center settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Brocade 10G-SFPP-BXU Compatible SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-BX-U - 10 GbE BiDi Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down or follow your equipment’s hot-swappable guidelines before installation to protect both the module and the device.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemove the SFP+ cage from the switch or router and align the StarTech.com SFP+ BXU module with the slot, ensuring the connector faces the backplane. Press firmly until the module clicks into place.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTrim and prepare the SMF fiber cable with the appropriate BiDi-compatible fiber patch cord. Ensure you are using an LC connector as specified by the BiDi interface, and verify there is no excessive bend radius on the fiber.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the BiDi fiber patch cable to the SFP+ module and to the opposite end of the link, making sure the Tx and Rx ends correspond to the partner device’s Rx and Tx paths as required by the BX-U configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device and check the link status LEDs. Use the network management interface or CLI to verify a ready 10GBASE-BX-U link, confirm negotiated speed, duplex, and proper optical health through DDM readings if supported by the device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does 10G-SFPP-BXU mean?\u003c\/b\u003e This denotes a 10 Gigabit-SFP+ transceiver using BX-U BiDi optics for 10GBASE-BX-U operation over single-mode fiber, enabling bidirectional communication on one fiber strand and typically requiring a compatible partner transceiver on the opposite end.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhich fiber type should I use?\u003c\/b\u003e You should use single-mode fiber (SMF) with the appropriate BiDi-compatible patch cable and an LC connector. Ensure the fiber path maintains proper bend radius and cleanliness for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this module compatible with non-Brocade equipment?\u003c\/b\u003e The module is designed and tested for Brocade BX-U environments and StarTech.com transceiver pairings. Compatibility with non-Brocade devices varies by vendor; consult your device’s compatibility matrix if you plan to mix vendors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDo I need drivers for this SFP+ module?\u003c\/b\u003e No additional drivers are required for operation. It is designed for plug-and-play use with the device’s SFP+ uplink slot, and it supports standard SFP+ management features such as DDM where available.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat kind of monitoring is available?\u003c\/b\u003e Many BX-U BiDi transceivers support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM), providing real-time data on TX\/RX power, temperature, and voltage. Check your switch or router’s management interface to view these metrics.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the typical reach of a BX-U BiDi link?\u003c\/b\u003e Reach depends on fiber type, link budget, and quality of components. BiDi 10GBASE-BX-U links over SMF commonly cover regional to metropolitan extents, but always verify with your deployment plan and confirm with the vendor’s specifications for your exact cabling and distance requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910037725410,"sku":"5704073","price":45.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286158_eaa15da1-bdce-48a2-b3b0-c71c1e97b3bf.jpg?v=1755170042"},{"product_id":"vertiv-avocent-hmx-5000-6000-sfp-single-mode-fiber-module-lc-lc-sm-sfp","title":"Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 SFP Single Mode Fiber Module LC (LC-SM-SFP)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 SFP Single Mode Fiber Module LC (LC-SM-SFP) is the compact, high‑performance fiber link your Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 KVM system needs. This mini‑GBIC is designed to deliver dependable, scalable connectivity for shared peripherals, remote access, and live data streams across data centers, server rooms, and enterprise environments. Leveraging 1000Base‑X technology, it provides up to 1 Gbps data transfer over supported single‑mode fiber, enabling longer reach with lower attenuation and robust performance under heavy workloads. Whether you’re consolidating servers, enabling efficient out‑of‑band management, or optimizing live KVM sessions, this LC‑SM‑SFP module delivers reliability, ease of integration, and future‑proofed bandwidth for mission‑critical operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh‑performance KVM integration:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for use with Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 systems, this LC‑SM‑SFP module ensures a dependable fiber link that supports advanced KVM features with minimal latency and stable operation across peak loads.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUp to 1 Gbps data transfer:\u003c\/b\u003e Built on 1000Base‑X technology, the module delivers up to 1000 Mbps of data throughput over compatible single‑mode fiber, enabling smooth clustering of keyboards, video, and mouse signals alongside peripheral access and management data.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle‑mode fiber with LC duplex interface:\u003c\/b\u003e The LC connector and single‑mode fiber design enable longer reach and lower signal loss, making it ideal for data centers, remote site deployments, and campus networks where distance matters.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact SFP form factor (mini‑GBIC):\u003c\/b\u003e A standard SFP footprint allows easy insertion into compatible HMX chassis slots, with straightforward hot‑swap compatibility in many deployments, reducing downtime during upgrades or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnterprise‑grade reliability for mission‑critical workloads:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for durability in demanding environments, this module helps maximize uptime and productivity by delivering consistent fiber performance for KVM and management traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 SFP Single Mode Fiber Module LC (LC-SM-SFP)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP (LC) Single Mode, 1000BASE‑X\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 High Performance KVM Systems\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single‑mode optical fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP (mini‑GBIC)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePolarization and distance considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for standard 1000BASE‑X SMF links; ensure compatibility with your network topology and fiber cabling to achieve optimal performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 SFP Single Mode Fiber Module LC (LC-SM-SFP)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the system:\u003c\/b\u003e Power down the HMX chassis or follow your hardware’s hot‑swap policy if available to minimize risk during installation. Have a compatible single‑mode LC optical fiber cable ready.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccess the SFP slot:\u003c\/b\u003e Locate the vacant SFP slot in the Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 chassis and ensure the slot is clean and free of debris.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInsert the module:\u003c\/b\u003e Grasp the LC‑SM‑SFP module by its edges and align it with the slot. Push firmly until the module seats securely and any latch or locking mechanism confirms engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnect the fiber optic cable:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach a suitable single‑mode LC duplex fiber optic cable to the LC connectors on the SFP module. Ensure proper polarity and cleanliness of connector ends to maintain signal integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower and verify:\u003c\/b\u003e Restore power (if applicable) and monitor the system for link status and 1 Gbps operation in the management interface. Confirm that the HMX system recognizes the module and that traffic routes correctly through the new link.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is LC‑SM‑SFP?\u003c\/b\u003e A: LC‑SM‑SFP is a single‑mode fiber SFP module with an LC duplex connector, designed to provide high‑speed connections (up to 1 Gbps) through standard SMF links in compatible systems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module compatible with Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. This SFP module is specified for use with Vertiv Avocent HMX 5000\/6000 High Performance KVM Systems to enable reliable fiber connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber cable do I need?\u003c\/b\u003e A: A standard single‑mode fiber optic cable (SMF) with LC duplex connectors is required. Ensure the fiber is properly terminated and tested for the link distance in your environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What data rate does the module support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module supports up to 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) using 1000BASE‑X technology, suitable for high‑bandwidth KVM and management traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I hot‑swap the SFP module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: In many enterprise deployments, SFP modules are hot‑swappable. Always follow your chassis and network policies to minimize risk during replacement or upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"VERTIV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910078030050,"sku":"5467420","price":285.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286982_cef7955f-4965-4c3e-b919-74a0fbc531ae.jpg?v=1755357391"},{"product_id":"startech-com-10-pack-hpe-j8177c-compatible-sfp-module-1000base-t-1ge-gigabit-ethernet-sfp-sfp-to-rj45-cat6-cat5e-100m","title":"StarTech.com 10 pack HPE J8177C Compatible SFP Module - 1000BASE-T - 1GE Gigabit Ethernet SFP SFP to RJ45 Cat6\/Cat5e - 100m","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExperience reliable, cost-effective Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with the StarTech.com 10-pack of HPE J8177C compatible SFP modules. These copper transceivers are designed, programmed, and tested to work seamlessly with HP® brand switches and routers, delivering performant 1 Gbps connectivity over standard copper cabling. With support for 1000BASE-T and RJ-45 connections over Cat5e or Cat6 cables, these SFP modules are ideal for upgrading existing networks, extending reach to closet switches, or replacing aging copper transceivers without sacrificing compatibility or performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e1 Gbps Ethernet over copper with a reliable 1000BASE-T interface, using an RJ-45 copper port for easy integration into existing networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTen-pack bundle for bulk deployments, MSPs, or network upgrades, providing cost-efficient procurement and simplified asset management.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBroad HP\/HPE compatibility — tested to work with HP ProCurve and other HP-brand switches and routers that support 1000BASE-T copper SFP transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSupports Cat5e and Cat6 copper cabling up to 100 meters, enabling flexible uplinks from racks and data closets to the core network.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play, hot-swappable form factor designed for SFP slots in compatible devices, enabling quick swaps during maintenance windows without downtime when supported by the host equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com 10 pack HPE J8177C Compatible SFP Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProduct type: SFP Copper Transceiver Module (1000BASE-T)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: HP\/HPE switches and routers that support J8177C copper SFPs; HP J8177C compatible\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInterface: 1 x RJ-45 copper port for 10\/100\/1000 Mbps Ethernet\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData rate: 1 Gbps (Gigabit Ethernet)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStandard: 1000BASE-T\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable type: Cat5e or Cat6 copper cabling recommended for 1000BASE-T\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance (link length): Up to 100 meters with compliant copper cabling\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWavelength: Not applicable (copper-based transceiver)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm factor: SFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePackage quantity: 10 modules per pack\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOperating temperature: Typical data-center and enterprise ranges suitable for standard network environments\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBrand compatibility: StarTech.com 10-pack, designed for compatibility with HP J8177C specifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install StarTech.com 10 pack HPE J8177C Compatible SFP Module\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down the device or prepare for a hot-swap if your HP\/HPE equipment and network policy allows hot-swapping SFP modules.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify an available SFP slot on the HP\/HPE switch or router that supports 1000BASE-T copper transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGrasp the SFP module by its sides and align it with the connector in the SFP slot. Gently insert until the module is firmly seated and you hear or feel a click indicating proper engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach a Category 5e or Category 6 copper Ethernet cable to the RJ-45 port on the SFP module. Route the cable to the connected device, ensuring cable length and shielding meet your deployment requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device if you powered down, or resume normal operation. Verify link status on the switch\/router—look for the link LED indicators and confirm 1 Gbps operation in the device’s management interface or status LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this StarTech.com 10-pack compatible with my HP\/HPE switch or router?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: Yes. The modules are designed as HP J8177C compatible copper SFP transceivers and have been tested to work with HP brand switches and routers that support 1000BASE-T copper SFPs. Always verify compatibility with your specific hardware model and firmware version.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What cable should I use with 1000BASE-T copper SFPs?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: You should use Category 5e (Cat5e) or Category 6 (Cat6) copper Ethernet cables. Cat5e is sufficient for most 1 Gbps applications, while Cat6 can offer better performance in higher-density deployments or longer runs within the 100-meter limit.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How far can I run the connection?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: The typical maximum link length for 1000BASE-T copper with these SFPs is up to 100 meters, depending on cable quality and installation conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need special drivers or firmware?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: In most cases, these SFP modules are automatically detected by HP\/HPE devices as standard 1000BASE-T copper SFPs. Ensure your device firmware is up to date and that the SFP slot is enabled in the device's management interface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How many modules come in one package?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: Each package includes 10 compatible SFP transceiver modules, making bulk deployments straightforward and cost-effective.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mix these with other SFP types?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eA: Yes, you can mix copper 1000BASE-T SFPs with other fiber or copper SFP modules in a compatible chassis or switch, as long as the devices support the respective SFP types and speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910079144162,"sku":"4547924","price":386.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287002_1e0cd6f4-a785-4353-86da-682afab597b2.jpg?v=1755172112"},{"product_id":"cisco-qsfp-module-100g-and-40gbase-sr-bidi-transceiver-lc-100m-om4-mmf","title":"Cisco Qsfp Module 100G And 40Gbase Sr Bidi Transceiver Lc 100M Om4 Mmf","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your data center with the Cisco QSFP Module, a high-density, hot-swappable transceiver engineered to deliver robust 100 Gigabit Ethernet (100GBASE-X) and 40 Gigabit Ethernet (40GBASE-X) connectivity over multi-mode fiber. This versatile QSFP module is designed for mission-critical networks in enterprise, service provider, and cloud-scale environments, offering multi-rate capabilities that simplify capacity planning and accelerate migration projects. With a single LC duplex interface, it provides a streamlined cabling solution that reduces clutter, lowers total cost of ownership, and enhances manageability across modern data centers. Built to meet Cisco’s interoperability standards, this module ensures reliable operation with Cisco switches and routers, preserving familiar management workflows through Cisco IOS and NX-OS. Ideal for dense server-to-server traffic, high-volume data replication, backups, and multi-tenant deployments, the Cisco QSFP Module helps you scale efficiently while maintaining predictable performance and support.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMulti-rate versatility in a single module:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports both 100GBASE-X and 40GBASE-X Ethernet on a single QSFP form factor, enabling seamless migrations from 40G to 100G and simplifying inventory management for data-center teams. This capability helps you future-proof your network by accommodating evolving traffic patterns without requiring a fleet of separate transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple, fiber-friendly cabling:\u003c\/b\u003e Features a single LC duplex interface to simplify patching and reduce cabling complexity. Optimized for multi-mode fiber (MMF) with OM3\/OM4 cabling, it delivers high bandwidth with lower installation costs and straightforward field maintenance in busy data centers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable with Cisco reliability:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for hot-swapping with minimal downtime, reducing maintenance windows and service interruptions. Cisco-backed hardware validation, interoperability guidance, and warranty support provide confidence when deploying in mixed-vendor environments or during capacity upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for high-density, low-latency networks:\u003c\/b\u003e The QSFP module is purpose-built for dense data-center deployments, offering robust optical performance across typical data-center operating temperatures and channel counts. It supports inter-server communications, storage access paths, and cross-connects with steady throughput and minimized error rates.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCost-effective migration and management:\u003c\/b\u003e By consolidating two speed tiers into a single transceiver, you reduce spare parts, simplify provisioning, and streamline management through Cisco’s ecosystem—leading to faster deployment, easier maintenance, and lower total cost of ownership.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco Qsfp Module 100G And 40Gbase Sr Bidi Transceiver Lc 100M Om4 Mmf\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm Factor:\u003c\/b\u003e QSFP (Quad Small Form-factor Pluggable) hot-swappable transceiver designed for high-density deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData Rates:\u003c\/b\u003e Multi-rate support for 100GBASE-X and 40GBASE-X Ethernet, enabling flexible deployment strategies and smooth migration paths within data-center fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface\/Connector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex fiber interface, chosen to simplify cabling and improve manageability in multi-fiber networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Multi-Mode Fiber (MMF), optimized for OM3 and OM4 cabling to balance cost and performance in short- to mid-range links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDistance\/Reach:\u003c\/b\u003e Rated for up to 100 meters on OM4 MMF, making it ideal for rack-to-rack, dense spine-leaf topologies, and cross-connects within typical data-center dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength\/Performance:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered to deliver reliable, high-bandwidth links with low latency and strong signal integrity across busy paths, suitable for kick-starting or expanding virtualization and storage interconnects.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-Swappable:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for hot-swapping in Cisco ecosystems, enabling maintenance or capacity upgrades without powering down critical network devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCisco Compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Validated to work with Cisco switches and routers, with support for Cisco IOS and NX-OS interfaces to ensure familiar configuration, monitoring, and troubleshooting workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOptimization:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for data-center operations, with robust optical performance across a range of typical operating conditions and channel counts common in modern server-to-storage paths.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplication:\u003c\/b\u003e Best suited for data-center backbone and aggregation layers where high bandwidth, reliability, and easy cabling management are priorities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Cisco Qsfp Module 100G And 40Gbase Sr Bidi Transceiver Lc 100M Om4 Mmf\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the environment:\u003c\/b\u003e Power down (if required by your maintenance policy) or ensure you are working in a permitted hot-swap window. Ground yourself to prevent ESD and handle the module by its edges to avoid contaminating the connector ends.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVerify compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm that the target Cisco switch or router supports the QSFP module in the desired speed tier (100GBASE-X or 40GBASE-X) and that the device’s firmware is up to date to maximize interoperability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInspect and prepare the port:\u003c\/b\u003e Inspect the QSFP port for any dust or debris, and ensure the port is clean. If the device has a protective cover, remove it only when you are ready to install.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInsert the module:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the QSFP module with the slot and gently insert until it is fully seated and the latching mechanism engages. Do not force the module; if it does not seat with a light push, remove it and reinsert it correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm link and configuration:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seated, verify the link status using the device’s management interface (Cisco IOS or NX-OS). Check that the port negotiates to the intended speed and verify LED indicators and transceiver status in the CLI or GUI.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTest and monitor:\u003c\/b\u003e Run basic throughput and latency tests to confirm performance meets expectations. Monitor the link over a period to ensure long-term stability and review interim error counters, retrains, or dispersion-related issues if any arise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What speeds does this transceiver support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports multiple rate modes, including 100GBASE-X and 40GBASE-X Ethernet, allowing flexible deployment strategies and smooth migration from 40G to 100G in data-center fabrics.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber and distance are supported?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It uses Multi-Mode Fiber (MMF) with OM3\/OM4 cabling and is rated for up to 100 meters on OM4, making it suitable for short- to mid-range links in modern data centers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the module hot-swappable?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The transceiver is designed for hot-swapping, enabling maintenance and upgrades with minimal downtime in Cisco environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is it compatible with Cisco devices?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The module is validated to work with Cisco switches and routers and is supported through Cisco IOS and NX-OS, ensuring familiar configuration and management workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can it be used to migrate from 40G to 100G?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. The multi-rate capability in a single QSFP form factor supports migrations with reduced tooling and stocking requirements, facilitating quicker upgrades as traffic patterns evolve.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What management tools support this module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Cisco management and orchestration tools, along with standard IOS\/NX-OS interfaces, provide monitoring, diagnostics, and performance tuning for this transceiver in supported Cisco environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What installation considerations should I keep in mind?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Always follow static-dissipation precautions, handle modules by the edges, keep connectors clean, and leverage hot-swap windows when available to minimize disruption to running services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910081372386,"sku":"5429057","price":2082.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287066_6aa53db1-51e1-413b-ab3a-df89e9c01267.jpg?v=1755172246"},{"product_id":"startech-com-hpe-j9151a-compatible-sfp-module-10gbase-bx-10-gbe-gigabit-ethernet-bidi-single-mode-fiber-smf-transceiver","title":"Startech Com Hpe J9151A Compatible Sfp Module 10Gbase Bx 10 Gbe Gigabit Ethernet Bidi Single Mode Fiber Smf Transceiver","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover dependable, high‑performance 10GBASE‑BX BiDi connectivity with the StarTech.com HPE J9151A Compatible SFP+ Module. Engineered to work seamlessly with HP J9151A hardware and StarTech’s BX counterparts, this 10GBASE‑BX SMF transceiver delivers robust, long‑reach 10 Gbps links while preserving a flexible, multi‑vendor network footprint. Designed for enterprise, data center, and campus deployments, it combines plug‑and‑play simplicity with proven reliability to keep uplinks and interconnects running at peak speed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVendor‑friendly, plug‑and‑play design: Fully programmed and tested to work with BX ports on switches and routers, ensuring quick deployments in mixed‑vendor environments without extra software or power requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBiDi technology for efficient fiber use: Utilizes bidirectional (BiDi) signaling on a single SMF fiber, carrying separate transmit and receive paths on two wavelengths to reduce fiber plant complexity and cabling costs while maintaining strong signal integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLong‑reach, high‑bandwidth performance: Capable of delivering up to 10 Gbps over distances up to 10 kilometers on standard single‑mode fiber, ideal for campus backbones, data‑center interconnects, and remote office links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMSA‑compliant 10GBASE‑BX transceiver: Aligns with 10GBASE‑BX MSA specifications, delivering reliable link negotiation, low insertion loss, and dependable error performance across BX‑enabled devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBroad compatibility and future‑proofing: Engineered to be HP J9151A compatible and to pair with StarTech’s J9151A‑BX‑D‑ST counterpart, providing a flexible, scalable option for multi‑vendor network refreshes and growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTechnical Details of Startech Com Hpe J9151A Compatible Sfp Module\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProduct type: SFP+ BiDi transceiver for 10GBASE‑BX\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStandard: 10GBASE‑BX MSA compliant\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData rate: 10 Gbps full‑duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMedia type: Single‑mode fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance: Up to 10 kilometers on SMF\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector type: Upstream\/downstream ST connectors\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: HP J9151A ports; StarTech J9151A‑BX‑D‑ST and J9151A‑BX‑U‑ST variants\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm factor: SFP+ hot‑swappable module\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBiDi signaling: Two wavelengths on a single fiber for TX and RX paths\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInstallation: Plug‑and‑play with no external power required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Startech Com Hpe J9151A Compatible Sfp Module\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVerify that your switch or router supports BX 10GBASE SFP+ modules and that the BX ports are configured for BiDi operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down the affected device or confirm that your platform supports hot‑swap installation for SFP+ modules.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemove the dust caps from both the transceiver and the SFP+ slot. Align the module with the slot and slide it in firmly until it seats and locks into place.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the fiber patch cords with the appropriate BX orientation (Tx on one end to Rx on the other). Use the upstream and downstream ST connectors as required by your network design.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower up the device (if powered down) and allow time for the transceiver to negotiate a link. Check the management interface or LEDs to confirm a stable 10G link at the desired distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is 10GBASE‑BX BiDi SMF?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is a bidirectional, duplex 10 Gbps transceiver technology that uses two wavelengths on a single SMF fiber to carry both directions of traffic, enabling efficient use of fiber assets and simplified cabling in high‑speed networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module HP J9151A compatible?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. It is specifically designed to be HP J9151A compatible and to pair with BX ports on BX‑enabled switches and routers, including compatibility with StarTech’s BX variant models.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How far can I reach with this transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The transceiver supports connections up to 10 kilometers on standard single‑mode fiber, making it suitable for inter‑building links, data‑center backbones, and remote site connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need special drivers or firmware updates?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No. The module is plug‑and‑play and MSA‑compliant, pre‑programmed and tested for compatibility with BX ports, so no extra software or firmware is required for standard operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use this transceiver in a mixed‑vendor environment?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The product is designed to support multi‑vendor deployments, enabling flexible upgrades and replacements without sacrificing performance or reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910084780258,"sku":"5704082","price":46.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287147_54937587-29c4-417c-8ef1-0812d601ff90.jpg?v=1755172320"},{"product_id":"tp-link-tl-sg3428-24-port-gigabit-switch-with-4-sfp-slots","title":"TP-Link TL-SG3428 - 24 Port Gigabit Switch with 4 SFP Slots","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock enterprise-grade performance for growing networks with the TP-Link TL-SG3428. This JetStream 24-Port Gigabit L2+ Managed Switch combines abundant copper and fiber uplinks with powerful Layer 2+\/3 features, delivering dependable, high-speed connectivity for small to mid-size businesses, offices, and campus environments. Designed to integrate seamlessly into Omada networks, it offers scalable LAN segmentation, smart traffic management, and secure, centralized administration. Whether you’re consolidating a dense workstation area, building a resilient uplink to a core switch, or enabling a fast, secure edge, the TL-SG3428 provides the reliability and control you demand from a modern networking solution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust 24-Port Gigabit Foundation with 4 SFP Slots:\u003c\/b\u003e 24 x 10\/100\/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports handle desktops, servers, and printers with ease, while 4 dedicated 1000 Mbps SFP uplink slots provide flexible, high-speed fiber connections to core switches or distribution layers. This combination supports streamlined cabling, future-proofing, and simplified network topologies.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdvanced L2+\/L3 Features for Superior Control:\u003c\/b\u003e The TL-SG3428 delivers Layer 2 switching with powerful L3\/L4 capabilities, including QoS, ACLs, static routing, and VLAN support. Prioritize critical applications such as VoIP and video conferencing, segment networks for security, and optimize traffic flow across the LAN for a responsive, reliable experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComprehensive QoS and Traffic Management:\u003c\/b\u003e Built-in L2\/L3\/L4 QoS ensures predictable performance for latency-sensitive traffic. Tagging, classification, and prioritization help keep business applications running smoothly even during peak periods, while granular ACLs protect sensitive segments and control inter-VLAN access.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible Deployment for Omada and JetStream Environments:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered to work in Omada-enabled networks and integrate into JetStream ecosystems, the TL-SG3428 supports scalable, centralized management, secure policy enforcement, and seamless expansion as your network grows. It’s designed to complement centralized controllers and cloud-based management workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReliable, Energy-Efficient Design for Business Environments:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to withstand daily office traffic with a sturdy chassis and efficient power usage, the TL-SG3428 reduces clutter and noise while delivering consistent performance across workloads. Its flexible port configuration and non-blocking switching capabilities make it an ideal backbone or access-layer switch in modern networks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of TL-SG3428\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e TL-SG3428\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e JetStream 24-Port Gigabit L2+ Managed Switch with 4 SFP Slots\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePorts:\u003c\/b\u003e 24 × 10\/100\/1000 Mbps RJ45 Ethernet ports, 4 × 1000 Mbps SFP slots\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLayer\/Features:\u003c\/b\u003e L2+ switching with L3\/L4 QoS, ACL, static routing; VLAN support (802.1Q) and network segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQuality of Service:\u003c\/b\u003e L2\/L3\/L4 QoS with traffic classification and prioritization for critical applications\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity and Management:\u003c\/b\u003e ACLs, centralized management options for secure access and configuration, compatible with Omada\/JetStream management workflows\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUplink Flexibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Four SFP slots enable fiber uplinks or 1 Gbps copper\/fiber combinations for scalable connectivity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHardware Design:\u003c\/b\u003e 1U rack-mountable JetStream switch designed for business environments with reliable, low-noise operation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower and Environment:\u003c\/b\u003e Non-PoE, energy-efficient design suitable for office deployments and data centers with controlled power budgets\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for Omada SDN ecosystems and seamless integration with existing TP-Link networking gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install TL-SG3428\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the TL-SG3428 is straightforward and designed for minimal downtime during deployment. Follow these steps to get your network up and running quickly and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1) Prepare and mount\u003c\/b\u003e — Unpack the switch and place it in a dedicated network rack or on a stable surface near your core network. If you’re deploying in a rack, use the standard rack ears to securely mount the device. Ensure adequate air flow around the unit to prevent overheating and maintain a quiet operating environment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2) Physically connect your devices\u003c\/b\u003e — Connect your end devices (PCs, servers, printers, IP phones) to the 24 RJ45 ports. Use the 4 SFP slots to connect uplinks to a distribution or core switch or to a high-capacity fiber link. For fiber connections, insert compatible SFP transceivers as required by your network design.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3) Power on and access the management interface\u003c\/b\u003e — Power up the switch and connect a computer to one of the ports. Open a web browser or compatible management tool and access the switch’s web-based management interface using the device’s management IP. If the switch is configured to obtain an IP via DHCP, locate the address from your DHCP server; if not, follow the quick-start guide to set a static management IP address and reset credentials if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4) Initial configuration and security\u003c\/b\u003e — Log in with the default admin credentials provided in the quick-start guide and change the password immediately. Configure the management IP, enable secure management access (HTTPS\/SSH), set up a strong administrator password, and enable basic security features such as ACLs and rate limiting to protect against misconfigurations and attacks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5) Configure VLANs, QoS, and routing\u003c\/b\u003e — Create VLANs as needed to segment traffic by department or function. Assign ports to the appropriate VLANs and configure inter-VLAN routing if required via static routes. Enable L2\/L3\/L4 QoS to prioritize critical traffic (voice, video, and business-critical applications) and apply ACLs to control cross-VLAN access. Set up link aggregation if you plan to bond uplinks for increased bandwidth and redundancy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6) Save, test, and monitor\u003c\/b\u003e — Save your configuration, test connectivity across devices, and validate QoS settings by running real-world traffic. Use the built-in monitoring tools and SNMP (if enabled) to observe port utilization, error rates, and performance, and adjust as needed to maintain optimal operation. Regularly check for firmware updates from TP-Link to ensure you have the latest security patches and feature enhancements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor ongoing management, leverage Omada SDN or the JetStream management framework to centralize configuration, firmware management, and policy enforcement across multiple switches. This approach simplifies large-scale deployments, offers consistent security policies, and provides real-time visibility into network health and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the TL-SG3428 support PoE?\u003c\/b\u003e No. The TL-SG3428 does not provide PoE output. If you need power-over-Ethernet for devices like IP cameras or phones, you would need a PoE-capable switch or an external PoE injector in your network design.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs IPv6 supported on this switch?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The TL-SG3428 includes IPv6 support for scalable, modern networks, enabling IPv6 management, addressing, and routing features alongside IPv4.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan I use this switch with Omada SDN?\u003c\/b\u003e Absolutely. The TL-SG3428 is designed to integrate with Omada networks, allowing centralized management, policy enforcement, and streamlined deployment within an Omada-enabled environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat about QoS and security?\u003c\/b\u003e The switch offers comprehensive QoS (L2\/L3\/L4) to prioritize critical applications and ACLs to control traffic between VLANs, enhancing security and performance for business-critical workloads.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow many uplinks does it provide and what are they?\u003c\/b\u003e The TL-SG3428 provides four SFP slots for high-capacity uplinks, enabling flexible fiber connections to core or distribution switches, and ensuring scalable, redundant uplink options as your network grows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs stacking or chassis-based aggregation supported?\u003c\/b\u003e The TL-SG3428 supports robust uplink and VLAN configurations for scalable networks, but it is designed as a standalone L2+\/L3-ready switch rather than a dedicated stacking member. For larger deployments, consider a tiered architecture with multiple TL-SG3428 units connected via LACP and proper VLAN design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TP-Link","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910087532770,"sku":"6033413","price":238.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287267_f302ec11-ad64-484f-889d-d3d40f88ba1e.jpg?v=1755357303"},{"product_id":"startech-com-cisco-sfp-25g-lr-s-compatible-sfp28-module-25gb-single-mode-fiber-smf-25gbase-lr-lc-transceiver-10km-6-2mi-ddm-dom","title":"StarTech.com Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S Compatible SFP28 Module, 25Gb Single Mode Fiber (SMF), 25GBASE-LR LC Transceiver, 10km (6.2mi), DDM\/DOM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExperience seamless 25 Gbps connectivity\u003c\/b\u003e with this StarTech.com SFP28 transceiver, a direct equivalent to Cisco’s SFP-25G-LR-S. Engineered for long-haul links, it delivers reliable, high-performance performance over single-mode fiber (SMF) up to 10 kilometers, making it an ideal choice for data centers, enterprise backbones, and campus networks. This module is designed for easy integration with Cisco switches and routers, backed by thorough testing and a proven compatibility matrix to ensure smooth operation in complex IT environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re refreshing an aging 10 Gigabit fabric or building a new 25G core, this SFP28 transceiver provides the flexibility and confidence you need. It supports Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) for real-time visibility into link health, assistive fault finding, and proactive maintenance. With an LC duplex connector and 1310 nm optical wavelength, you’ll enjoy clear, dependable performance across long distances—without the vendor lock-in or price premium associated with brand-name modules.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect equivalent to Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S, enabling seamless compatibility with Cisco switches and routers while preserving vendor-validated performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range 25 Gbps connectivity over single-mode fiber (SMF) up to 10 km, perfect for data center interconnects, campus backbones, and remote offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) support provides real-time insight into transmitter power, receiver strength, temperature, and optical health for proactive maintenance and faster troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMSA-compliant SFP28 form factor with LC duplex connector, ensuring broad interoperability across a wide range of switches, routers, and storage networks that support SFP28 transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play reliability with tested Cisco compatibility, lightweight design for easy hot-swapping, and optimized power usage to help reduce total cost of ownership in 24\/7 data-center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S Compatible SFP28 Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm factor: SFP28 transceiver (hot-swappable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData rate: 25 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWavelength: 1310 nm (typical)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiber type: Single-Mode Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReach: Up to 10 km (6.2 miles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptical monitoring: Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandards: 25GBASE-LR; compatible with Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S and other SFP28-enabled devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower and temperature specifications: Designed to meet standard SFP28 operating requirements with efficient power usage and reliable performance in typical data-center environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility notes: Programmed and tested for seamless integration with Cisco switches and routers to ensure straightforward operation in mixed-vendor deployments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install StarTech.com Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S Compatible SFP28 Module\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling this SFP28 transceiver is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime. Follow these best-practice steps to ensure a secure, reliable connection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1) Power considerations: While SFP28 modules are generally hot-swappable, confirm your device supports hot-swapping and follow your vendor’s guidelines for insertion. If needed, power down the host device or place it in a maintenance mode according to your network policy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2) Prepare the fiber: Use a clean, LC-terminated single-mode fiber run with the correct connector types. Inspect fiber ends for cleanliness and remove any dust or debris that could impact signal integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3) Insert the transceiver: Align the module with the SFP28 slot on the switch or router and gently insert until it seats with a secure click. Do not force the module; ensure the latching mechanism is engaged for proper retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4) Connect the fiber: Attach the LC duplex fiber to the module’s connectors, ensuring proper polarity. Avoid bending the fiber beyond its minimum bend radius and keep runs as direct as possible to maintain signal quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5) Verify operation: Power on the device (if required) and check the interface status via the management plane or CLI. Confirm that the transceiver is recognized, the link is up, and the 25G interface shows expected speed. Use the included DOM data to monitor link health and performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6) Troubleshooting: If the link does not come up, recheck fiber cleanliness, verify correct OM1\/OM2\/SMF type, ensure compatible firmware versions, and consult the device’s interface logs for any transceiver-related errors. The presence of DDM\/DOM information can help pinpoint optical or power-related issues quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this module compatible with Cisco SFP-25G-LR-S?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It is designed as a direct equivalent and has been tested to ensure seamless integration with Cisco switches and routers that support SFP28 transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat distance can I reliably run with this transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e The module supports up to 10 km on single-mode fiber with LC connectors, making it suitable for data-center interconnects and long-haul links between campuses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the module support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM)?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. DDM\/DOM is included, giving you real-time visibility into optical power, temperature, and receiver metrics for proactive network management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat are the compatibility expectations with non-Cisco devices?\u003c\/b\u003e As an MSA-compliant SFP28 transceiver, it should work with other vendors’ equipment that accepts SFP28 LR transceivers, though full interoperability is best verified in advance with your hardware and firmware versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs installation hot-swappable?\u003c\/b\u003e In most environments, SFP28 transceivers are hot-swappable. However, always follow your equipment vendor’s guidelines and perform routine safety checks when swapping components in a live network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat kind of optimization does this provide for a 25G switch port?\u003c\/b\u003e It delivers high-density, low-latency 25 Gbps connectivity over SMF with long reach, enabling efficient scaling of data-center workloads, high-performance compute clusters, and storage networks while maintaining compatibility with Cisco ecosystems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910103720162,"sku":"9139327","price":189.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287764_c210bd5f-ef43-4366-bd44-9554f8a09b71.jpg?v=1755173450"},{"product_id":"cisco-10gbase-lr-sfp-transceiver","title":"Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver is a high-performance, long-reach optical module designed to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity across data centers, enterprise wiring closets, and service provider transport networks. Built for Cisco environments, this compact SFP+ device fits into a wide range of Cisco switches and routers, enabling scalable uplinks, inter-switch connections, and long-haul links with minimal footprint and maximum uptime. Ideal for organizations pursuing low latency, high bandwidth, and streamlined management, the 10GBase-LR transceiver combines ease of installation with robust optical performance to support modern network architectures.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith support for up to 10 kilometers of distance on standard single-mode fiber (SMF), the module enables efficient data center interconnects, campus backbones, and metropolitan networks that demand long reach without sacrificing signal integrity. The 1310 nm laser and receiver configuration are optimized to deliver stable optical power, low bit error rates, and consistent performance across typical enterprise operating environments. This transceiver is designed to meet Cisco’s stringent standards for reliability and interoperability, ensuring the module performs predictably in a wide range of Cisco devices, from enterprise cores to service-provider access layers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for plug-and-play deployment, the Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver supports hot-swapping in supported devices, allowing administrators to upgrade or scale networks with minimal downtime. Its Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) capability provides real-time insight into critical optical parameters such as transmit power, received power, laser temperature, and operational status. This visibility helps network teams optimize performance, preempt issues, and accelerate troubleshooting. As part of the Cisco ecosystem, the transceiver benefits from validated interoperability, ongoing firmware support, and compatibility with Cisco management tools and monitoring solutions to simplify lifecycle management and policy enforcement across the network.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether building a new multi-site fabric or upgrading an existing backbone, this transceiver is engineered to deliver dependable, high-capacity connectivity while preserving cost efficiency and manageability. The ultra-compact SFP+ form factor enables dense deployments in data center racks, wiring closets, and carrier-grade networks, reducing space requirements and cabling complexity. By aligning with the 10GBASE-LR standard, the module ensures compatibility with a broad range of 10 Gigabit-enabled devices and fiber plants, helping organizations achieve consistent, scalable performance across the network edge and core. Cisco’s commitment to quality and support further enhances the value proposition, making the 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver a dependable choice for organizations pursuing resilient, future-ready connectivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver delivers a robust 10 Gigabit Ethernet link over long distances on standard single-mode fiber, enabling scalable interconnects between data centers, campus cores, and service provider transport links. With a reach up to 10 kilometers, it supports remote site connections, regional backbones, and high-performance uplinks in modern data centers. The 1310 nm optical channel, combined with sensitive receivers, provides strong tolerance to fiber imperfections and dispersion over typical SMF installations, allowing operators to plan more flexible network layouts without compromising reliability or throughput. This long-reach capability is essential for multi-site architectures that require consistent, high-speed connectivity across relatively large geographical footprints, while preserving the low latency and high bandwidth that contemporary applications demand.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesigned for Cisco ecosystems, this transceiver offers seamless integration with Cisco Catalyst and Nexus platforms. The SFP+ form factor is hot-swappable on supported devices, enabling in-service upgrades and maintenance without powering down critical equipment in many scenarios. The module supports straightforward asset management, with straightforward inventory control and compatibility within Cisco’s certification programs. For network planners, this means you can standardize on Cisco-branded optics across the operating environment, reducing compatibility concerns and simplifying procurement, firmware maintenance, and policy enforcement. The result is a reliable, scalable fabric that supports virtualization, virtualization-aware security policies, and multi-tenant segmentation with predictable performance at scale.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDiagnostics and monitoring are a core strength of the Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver. It includes Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) to provide real-time insight into optical and electrical parameters. Operators can monitor transmit power, received power, temperature, laser bias current, and other vital statistics through compatible management interfaces. This visibility enables proactive maintenance, rapid fault isolation, and fine-tuning of link budgets. In practice, DD\/DOM data helps track aging components, anticipate performance degradation, and trigger alerts before a link fails. For data centers with dense topologies and high service-level requirements, such monitoring capabilities translate into improved uptime, predictable throughput, and more efficient incident response workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurability, reliability, and efficiency are at the heart of this transceiver’s design. The device is built to withstand the rigors of data center operation, including vibration, temperature variations, and routine handling within racks. It adheres to the 10GBASE-LR standard, ensuring compatibility with a broad set of fiber plants and connector types while delivering consistent performance in diverse environments. The hot-swappable nature reduces operational downtime during maintenance windows, and its energy-efficient design helps minimize power consumption per link, contributing to lower total cost of ownership (TCO) in large-scale deployments. Cisco’s support ecosystem—firmware updates, interoperability testing, and certified hardware partners—further enhances reliability and long-term value as networks evolve toward higher speeds and more complex topologies.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompact, standardized packaging and a practical operation profile make the Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver ideal for dense rack deployments. The LC duplex connector and single-mode fiber compatibility align with common enterprise and data center fiber plants, supporting modern optical networks with ease. This module is suitable for interconnecting data center floors, linking primary cores with disaster recovery sites, or forming long-haul links in metro networks. For organizations pursuing simplification and consistency across the infrastructure, using Cisco-branded SFP+ optics helps ensure consistent performance characteristics, predictable latency, and a uniform approach to monitoring and management across the network fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStandard: 10GBASE-LR\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm Factor: SFP+\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData Rate: 10 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWavelength: 1310 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance: Up to 10 km on standard SMF\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber Type: Single-Mode Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector Type: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDiagnostics: Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) supported\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHot-Swappable: Yes (in supported Cisco devices)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Validated for Cisco devices and generally interoperable in environments that support 10GBASE-LR modules\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompliance: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR standard\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecurity and Management: Works with Cisco management tools and monitoring solutions for centralized visibility and policy enforcement\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEnvironmental and Safety: Class 1 laser safety-compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVerify compatibility: Confirm that your Cisco switch or router model supports the 10GBase-LR SFP+ transceiver and that the firmware is up to date. Check the Cisco interoperability matrix and device documentation to ensure the module is valid for your specific hardware revision.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the device: If your deployment policy requires, schedule a maintenance window or verify hot-swappable operation on your platform. Remove any existing SFP+ module carefully and store it in an antistatic container if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the transceiver: Align the module with the SFP+ slot and gently slide it in until the retention latch engages. Do not force the module; a proper click indicates secure seating. Ensure the protective dust cap is removed only after installation if applicable to your device and cable setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the fiber: Attach a standard SMF fiber pair using LC duplex connectors. Confirm correct polarity (transmit to receive) and avoid excessive fiber bending. Clean connectors before mating to minimize insertion loss and maximize link reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConfigure and verify: Power on or resume operation and verify the transceiver is recognized by the device. Use the device’s command-line interface or management software to confirm the link is up, the speed is 10 Gbps, and the optical parameters align with expected ranges. Enable and monitor Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) data for ongoing visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFine-tune and monitor: Set appropriate QoS policies and monitor the link with your network management system. If there is no link, re-check fiber integrity, connector cleanliness, and compatibility with other devices on the link. Review error counters and, if needed, reseat the module or replace the fiber patch cord.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaintenance and firmware: Keep the device firmware and optics software up to date to maximize compatibility and performance. Periodically review DD\/DOM data trends to anticipate issues before they impact service delivery, especially in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the maximum distance supported by the Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module is designed for up to 10 kilometers of link distance on standard single-mode fiber, depending on fiber quality, connectors, and overall link budget. It is ideal for data center interconnects and long-haul enterprise links where distance and bandwidth are critical.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this transceiver compatible with non-Cisco devices?\u003c\/b\u003e A: While the module is engineered for Cisco devices and carries Cisco validation, 10GBASE-LR SFP+ modules can sometimes work with other vendors’ equipment that supports the same standard. However, interoperability may vary by platform and firmware version. Always consult the device’s compatibility matrix and perform testing in a controlled environment before deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the transceiver support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM)?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes, the Cisco 10GBase-LR SFP+ Transceiver includes DDM\/DOM support, providing real-time metrics such as transmit power, received power, temperature, and other vital optical parameters to help with proactive monitoring and faster troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does hot-swappable mean in practice for this module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Hot-swappable means you can insert or replace the transceiver in a supported Cisco device without powering down the entire system in many cases. This capability reduces downtime and simplifies maintenance, but always follow your organization’s change-management procedures and vendor recommendations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What should I expect in terms of warranty and support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Cisco-branded optics typically come with vendor-supported warranties and access to Cisco’s support ecosystem, including firmware updates and interoperability resources. Warranty length and terms can vary by region and purchase channel, so refer to the official product page or your vendor agreement for precise details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910111092962,"sku":"10460264","price":3686.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287874_d9e237cf-bdc3-4776-b3a9-5b3ab4ebc6c5.jpg?v=1755173667"},{"product_id":"startech-com-cisco-sfp-10g-lrm-comp-sfp-module-10gbase-lrm-10ge-gigabit-ethernet-sfp-10gbe-multimode-fiber-mmf-optic-transceiver","title":"StarTech.com Cisco SFP-10G-LRM Comp. SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-LRM - 10GE Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ 10GbE Multimode Fiber MMF Optic Transceiver","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eDesigned to deliver dependable 10 Gigabit Ethernet over multimode fiber, this StarTech.com Cisco SFP-10G-LRM compatible SFP+ module provides a seamless, plug-and-play upgrade path for Cisco switches and routers. Engineered to meet the 10GBASE-LRM standard, it brings long-reach performance to campus networks, data centers, and enterprise environments without the need for new fiber cabling or complex configurations. With Cisco compatibility at the core, the transceiver is rigorously tested to work with Cisco-brand devices, ensuring stable links, reliable throughput, and easy integration into existing network topologies. Whether you’re upgrading uplinks between access switches, connecting servers to core switches, or extending links between distant campus networks, this SFP+ transceiver offers a cost-effective, high-performance solution that preserves your investment in Cisco ecosystem hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-performance 10GBASE-LRM optics:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivers 10 Gbps full-duplex Ethernet over multimode fiber, ideal for data-intensive workloads such as virtualized environments, high-speed storage networks, and multi-server connectivity. The 1310 nm wavelength is optimized for MMF, providing reliable long-reach performance within enterprise and data-center deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCisco compatibility and plug-and-play reliability:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically engineered to be compatible with Cisco switches and routers, ensuring smooth deployment with minimal configuration. The module is tested for interoperability, so you can upgrade with confidence while preserving existing Cisco investment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong reach over multimode fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports links up to 2 km on appropriate multimode fiber cabling, enabling flexible topologies that connect equipment across floors or between buildings without re-wiring. Performance remains robust across typical campus and data-center fiber layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSFP+ form factor with Digital Diagnostics Monitoring:\u003c\/b\u003e Hot-swappable, compact SFP+ package designed for easy insertion into standard SFP+ cages. Includes DOM\/DDM support to monitor transmitter and receiver health, link status, and optical power, helping you troubleshoot and optimize performance quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIdeal for upgrading existing Cisco networks:\u003c\/b\u003e A cost-effective transceiver for boosting network capacity, consolidating links, and future-proofing infrastructure. Supports a wide range of deployments—from server connectivitiy to uplinks between switches—while maintaining compatibility with Cisco management tools and policies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Cisco SFP-10G-LRM Comp. SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-LRM - 10GE Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ 10GbE Multimode Fiber MMF Optic Transceiver\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm Factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData Rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStandard:\u003c\/b\u003e 10GBASE-LRM (IEEE 802.3aq)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Multimode Fiber (MMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum Reach:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 2 km on appropriate MMF cabling\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostic Monitoring:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) supported\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Cisco SFP-10G-LRM compatible; tested with Cisco switches\/routers\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperating Concept:\u003c\/b\u003e Hot-swappable transceiver for simplified maintenance and upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Cisco SFP-10G-LRM Comp. SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down the device only if recommended by your equipment vendor, or follow the hot-swapping guidelines for your Cisco gear.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify the correct SFP+ slot on the Cisco switch or router chassis and ensure the bay is clean and free of debris.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAlign the transceiver with the SFP+ cage and insert it firmly until it seats with a click. Do not force the module; if it does not seat, remove and reinsert carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect your multimode fiber cable to the LC duplex connectors on the transceiver. Ensure correct transmit\/receive orientation and avoid bending the fiber beyond its minimum bend radius.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the device (if you powered down) and verify link status via the device’s management interface or CLI. Use the 10G interface status to confirm a healthy link, and consult DOM readings if available to monitor optical power and temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIf you’re migrating from an existing transceiver, ensure the new module is recognized by the Cisco device and that the link budgets meet your network requirements. Check for any vendor-specific compatibility notes if applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module fully Cisco-compatible?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. It is specifically designed to be compatible with Cisco SFP-10G-LRM deployments, providing reliable connectivity with Cisco switches and routers and integrating smoothly with Cisco management tools.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What fiber type and distance can I use?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The module operates over multimode fiber (MMF) with a wavelength of 1310 nm and supports distances up to 2 km on appropriate MMF cabling, depending on fiber grade and installation conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this transceiver be hot-swapped?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The SFP+ module is designed for hot-swappable installation, allowing you to insert or replace it without powering down the entire device in many configurations. Always follow your equipment vendor’s hot-swapping guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM)?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. DDM\/DOM support enables ongoing monitoring of optical power, temperature, and other critical parameters to help you maintain optimal link performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is it a StarTech-branded module or a Cisco-branded module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It is a StarTech-made transceiver designed to be Cisco SFP-10G-LRM compatible. It is tested to work with Cisco devices, but always verify compatibility with your specific hardware and firmware versions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What kind of warranty is offered?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Warranty terms are provided by StarTech and can vary by region and product line. Consult the product page or StarTech support for the exact warranty details applicable to your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910117777634,"sku":"4498344","price":42.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287999_b150bf8b-8f57-40f1-bed7-2f53215cf060.jpg?v=1755173911"},{"product_id":"startech-com-msa-uncoded-sfp-module-1000base-lh-1ge-gigabit-ethernet-sfp-1gbe-single-mode-fiber-smf-optic-transceiver-40km-ddm","title":"StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP Module - 1000BASE-LH - 1GE Gigabit Ethernet SFP 1GbE Single Mode Fiber (SMF) Optic Transceiver - 40km DDM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExperience dependable 1 Gigabit Ethernet over fiber with the StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP Module. This MSA-compliant fiber SFP transceiver is designed, programmed, and tested to work with 1000BASE-LH-compatible switches and routers, delivering robust links across long distances. With support for up to 40 kilometers on single-mode fiber, it provides a scalable solution for campus networks, data centers, and service provider backbones. The SFP1000LHST combines easy plug-and-play integration, Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM), and broad compatibility, ensuring network uptime and predictable performance. Whether you are upgrading an existing link or deploying a new fiber trunk, this SFP module makes it simple to extend your network reach without major infrastructure changes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMSA-compliant SFP transceiver:\u003c\/b\u003e The StarTech SFP1000LHST is an uncoded 1000BASE-LH module designed, programmed, and tested to operate with 1000BASE-LH switches and routers, ensuring plug-and-play compatibility across a wide range of devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-range fiber reach:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports up to 40 km (24.8 miles) over single-mode fiber, enabling long-haul, campus-backbone, and inter-building links without the need for repeaters or additional amplification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 GbE over SMF:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivers dependable 1 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over single-mode fiber with solid performance characteristics suited for core, distribution, and uplink connections in enterprise networks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM):\u003c\/b\u003e Includes built‑in DDM support for real-time visibility into important operating parameters such as optical power, temperature, and voltage, empowering proactive maintenance and faster fault isolation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact, widely compatible and easy to install:\u003c\/b\u003e A standard, hot-pluggable SFP module designed for seamless integration into compliant switches and routers, simplifying upgrades and new deployments while maximizing uptime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP Module - 1000BASE-LH\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP transceiver module (MSA uncoded) offering 1000BASE-LH performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP1000LHST\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 Gigabit Ethernet over fiber (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-mode fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDistance support:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 40 km\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompliance:\u003c\/b\u003e MSA-compliant for broad compatibility across 1000BASE-LH devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e StarTech.com\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Works with 1000BASE-LH capable switches and routers supporting SFP modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the StarTech.com MSA Uncoded SFP Module is straightforward and designed for minimal downtime. Before you begin, refer to your device’s service policy on hot-swapping and power sequencing. If your network equipment supports hot-plugging SFP modules, you may insert the module with the system powered on; otherwise, follow standard shutdown procedures to protect the device. Remove the protective dust cap from the SFP slot only when you are ready to install, and keep it handy for future maintenance when the module is not seated. Align the SFP1000LHST with the slot, insert gently and evenly until the module is securely seated and the latching mechanism engages. Ensure the fiber end of your SMF patch cable is clean, free of dust, and connected to the correct optical port on the module. After installation, re-check the device’s status indicators or management interface to confirm the link has come up. Use a fiber test or optical meters if needed to verify proper transmission characteristics. Finally, monitor the link health through your network management system; take advantage of the included Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM) Readouts to verify optical power levels, temperature, and supply voltage are within expected ranges for stable operation. If you are replacing an existing transceiver, follow proper removal procedures for both the old module and the fiber connectors to avoid contamination and potential damage to the fiber ends. Keeping the dust caps on when modules are not connected helps maintain performance and longevity of your fiber network.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is 1000BASE-LH?\u003c\/b\u003e 1000BASE-LH is a Gigabit Ethernet standard designed for longer reach over single-mode fiber, enabling links across campuses or between buildings without repeaters, typically up to several tens of kilometers depending on the fiber and link budget.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this SFP module compatible with all devices?\u003c\/b\u003e The SFP1000LHST is designed to be broadly compatible as an MSA-compliant module intended for 1000BASE-LH capable devices. However, compatibility can vary by vendor and device model. Always verify with your specific switch or router’s compatibility matrix before deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes this module support Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM)?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The module includes DDM, providing real-time data on optical power, temperature, voltage, and other critical parameters to help you monitor link health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is the maximum transmission distance?\u003c\/b\u003e The module supports up to 40 km over single-mode fiber, making it suitable for long-haul links between buildings, campuses, or data-center clusters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow do I install or replace this SFP module?\u003c\/b\u003e Install by inserting the module into a compatible SFP slot following your device’s hot-swap guidelines. Clean and connect the single-mode fiber patch cable, confirm link status on the device management interface, and use DDM readings to verify stable operation. When removing, power down if required by your device and handle the fiber connectors carefully to avoid contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910118793442,"sku":"4969108","price":25.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288061_bc64564b-60a6-4f9c-9b76-ef63240745f0.jpg?v=1755174025"},{"product_id":"startech-com-hpe-jl486a-compatible-sfp28-module-25gbase-lr-25gb-single-mode-fiber-smf-lc-transceiver-10km-6-2mi-ddm-dom","title":"StarTech.com HPE JL486A Compatible SFP28 Module, 25GBase-LR, 25Gb Single Mode Fiber (SMF), LC Transceiver, 10km (6.2mi), DDM\/DOM","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience enterprise-grade 25 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with the StarTech.com HPE JL486A Compatible SFP28 Module. This high-performance transceiver is the direct equivalent to HPE JL486A, engineered to deliver seamless, plug-and-play operation in environments that demand low latency, high bandwidth, and reliable fiber connectivity. Built for data centers, campus networks, and edge deployments, this SFP28 module combines StarTech.com quality with HPE-validated compatibility to minimize downtime and maximize throughput. Whether you’re upgrading uplinks, consolidating links, or powering next‑generation storage and virtualization workloads, this 25GBase-LR transceiver provides long-range reach over single-mode fiber with robust diagnostics and straightforward deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDirect equivalent to HPE JL486A, guaranteeing plug‑and‑play compatibility with HPE switches and routers and reducing interoperability concerns in mixed vendor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e25GBase-LR performance over LC-terminated Single Mode Fiber (SMF) for distances up to 10 kilometers (6.2 miles), ideal for data center interconnects and long-haul uplinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSFP28 form factor with LC duplex connector, designed for dense port configurations and hot-plug operation in supported chassis and network devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDDM\/DOM (Digital Diagnostics Monitoring) support enables real‑time health monitoring of optical parameters, TX\/RX bias, supply voltage, and temperature for proactive maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePre‑programmed and tested for seamless integration with HPE network devices, delivering reliable performance out of the box with StarTech.com’s proven quality and warranty coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com HPE JL486A Compatible SFP28 Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eType: SFP28 transceiver module\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eData rate: 25GBASE-LR\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber type: Single-Mode Fiber (SMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance: Up to 10 km (6.2 miles)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMonitoring: DDM\/DOM for real-time optical diagnostics\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Directly equivalent to HPE JL486A; tested for seamless integration with HPE switches and routers\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eProgramming: Pre-programmed and tested for plug‑and‑play deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install StarTech.com HPE JL486A Compatible SFP28 Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down the host device or place it in a maintenance window if required by policy, then locate an available SFP28 slot in your switch or router.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the SFP28 module firmly into the designated slot until it clicks and is fully seated. Avoid applying excessive force and ensure the module is oriented to match the port orientation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the LC duplex fiber cable by trimming and cleaning the fiber ends, then terminate with LC connectors. Route the fiber with proper bend radius to prevent attenuation or damage, and connect the SMF ends to the corresponding ports on each device.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the devices and configure the port speed to 25 Gbps if required by your network policy. Verify the port status using the device’s management interface and confirm that the link is up.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUse the DDM\/DOM readings provided by the module to monitor optical power, temperature, voltage, and other diagnostics. If issues arise, consult the management console logs, adjust fiber connections, or reseat the transceiver to restore optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module compatible with HPE JL486A?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. It is a direct equivalent designed to work with HPE switches and routers and has been programmed and tested for seamless integration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What distance can I achieve with this transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports up to 10 kilometers on single‑mode fiber (SMF) with LC termination, making it suitable for data center interconnects and long-distance links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it support DDM\/DOM?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The module includes Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) to provide real-time health data for proactive maintenance and troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What fiber and connector are used?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It uses Single-Mode Fiber (SMF) with an LC duplex connector, optimized for 25GBase-LR operation over long distances.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this a hot-swappable transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. When installed in a compatible switch or router, the transceiver supports hot-swapping, enabling you to upgrade without powering down the entire system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910146908386,"sku":"9139324","price":189.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288789_2f67c33a-0eeb-4131-a712-8ad15226b868.jpg?v=1755175610"},{"product_id":"cisco-glc-sx-mmd-sfp-mini-gbic-module","title":"Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP (mini-GBIC) Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP module is a versatile, industry-standard 1000BASE-SX transceiver designed to deliver reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over multimode fiber. This hot-swappable mini-GBIC plugs into a Cisco switch, router, or other 1000BASE-SX capable port, linking your network to the backbone with minimal downtime and maximum flexibility. Built to Cisco’s rigorous compatibility and quality standards, the GLC-SX-MMD is a staple for campus networks, data centers, and branch offices seeking scalable, future-proof fiber access. Its compact form factor, LC duplex connector, and 850 nm high-efficiency VCSEL transmitter enable high-performance links across medium-length fiber runs. With Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) support for real-time diagnostics and a plug-and-play design, this SFP module simplifies maintenance, improves visibility, and reduces mean time to repair in busy network environments. Whether you’re upgrading from copper to fiber, expanding the reach of your LAN, or deploying a new VLAN segment, the Cisco GLC-SX-MMD is built to deliver dependable, cost-effective Gbps connectivity while preserving network performance and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-speed, reliable link:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivers 1 Gbps Ethernet performance via 1000BASE-SX, enabling efficient Gigabit connectivity over existing multimode fiber infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMultimode fiber with 850 nm transmission:\u003c\/b\u003e 850 nm VCSEL transmitter optimized for multimode fiber links, delivering strong signal quality across standard office, campus, and data-center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLC duplex connector for easy integration:\u003c\/b\u003e Standard LC duplex interface ensures compatibility with a wide range of fiber patch cords and Pico\/Splice connections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Optical Monitoring (DOM) support:\u003c\/b\u003e Real-time optics diagnostics for link health, temperature, bias current, and transmit power, helping you proactively manage fiber links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable and Cisco-tested:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for plug-and-play installation with minimal downtime, backed by Cisco quality and broad interoperability within Cisco ecosystems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP (mini-GBIC)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData Rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.25 Gbps (1000BASE-SX)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 850 nm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Multimode fiber (MMF)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum Distance:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 550 meters on typical MMF (distance varies with fiber type and quality)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDigital Optical Monitoring (DOM):\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, for ongoing link diagnostics\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHot-swappable:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, designed for easy insertion and removal with devices powered on\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperating Temperature (commercial):\u003c\/b\u003e 0°C to 70°C (typical commercial-grade range)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Interoperates with devices that support 1000BASE-SX SFP optics; best results achieved within Cisco ecosystems and vendor-supported environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the Cisco GLC-SX-MMD SFP is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime. Follow these steps to ensure a clean, reliable installation that preserves link integrity:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1) Power and prepare: If your network device supports hot-swapping, you can insert the SFP while the device is powered. If you prefer to halt traffic, power down only the device or the specific port per your organization’s maintenance window.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2) Remove the dust cap: Before installation, remove the protective dust cap from the SFP module and inspect the port on the switch or router for any debris. Keep the dust cap handy to protect the connector when the module is removed later.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3) Align and insert: Hold the module by its edges and align the module with the SFP slot on the device. Gently insert straight into the receptacle until you hear or feel a click, indicating the module is securely seated. Do not apply excessive force, and avoid wiggling the module once seated.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4) Connect the fiber: Attach a clean LC duplex multimode fiber patch cord to the LC connector on the SFP. Ensure the patch cord is the appropriate length for your topology and that the fiber is properly terminated. Avoid bending the fiber beyond its minimum bend radius, and keep runs as straight as possible to minimize attenuation and reflection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5) Verify operation: Check the device’s LED indicators for link status. If your hardware supports DOM, review the module’s diagnostic data via the device’s management interface to confirm transmit and receive levels, temperature, and power metrics. For extended troubleshooting, use the CLI or GUI to query 1000BASE-SX status, and ensure the remote end is likewise configured for a compatible SFP.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6) Cable management and testing: Route fiber cables with proper strain relief, label connections for future maintenance, and perform a basic throughput test to confirm stable Gigabit performance over the link. If you encounter issues, verify fiber type compatibility, fiber quality, and the presence of any transceiver-specific compatibility notes from your device vendor.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7) Safe removal: When it’s time to replace or upgrade, gently release the module from the SFP slot, keeping the connector clean. Reinsert the new module using the same insertion steps, then recheck link status and DOM readings to confirm healthy operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTips for best results: Use high-quality multimode fiber appropriate for your link length (OM1\/OM2\/OM3\/OM4 classes), maintain stable environmental conditions, and avoid exposing the module to moisture or static discharge during handling. If you manage a mixed-vendor environment, validate interoperability and cross-compatibility with your network equipment’s documented SFP support to maintain consistent performance and warranty coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is the Cisco GLC-SX-MMD compatible with non-Cisco switches and routers? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The GLC-SX-MMD is designed for Cisco devices and is optimized for Cisco optics. Many switches and routers that support 1000BASE-SX SFP optics can recognize similar transceivers, but interoperability isn’t guaranteed across all third-party hardware. Always verify compatibility with your specific model or vendor’s compatibility matrix before deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What type of fiber and fiber length can I use with this SFP? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e This transceiver uses 850 nm multimode fiber (MMF) and an LC duplex connector. Distances depend on the fiber grade (OM1\/OM2\/OM3\/OM4) and patch cord quality; typical ranges extend to several hundred meters for standard MMF installations. For precise distance capabilities, consult your fiber specifications and Cisco product documentation for the exact link budget for your cabling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does this module support digital optical monitoring (DOM)? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. DOM provides real-time optical diagnostics, including receive\/transmit characteristics, temperature, and power measurements, enabling proactive maintenance and quicker fault isolation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can I hot-swap this SFP module on my live network? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The GLC-SX-MMD is designed as a hot-swappable module, allowing you to insert or remove it without powering down the entire device in most Cisco configurations. As a best practice, perform maintenance in line with your organization’s change management policy.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What warranty or support comes with this Cisco SFP module? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Cisco modules typically come with a standard warranty through Cisco or the seller, often including limited hardware coverage. Warranty terms can vary by region and reseller, so verify the exact coverage with your supplier at the time of purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910149726434,"sku":"10453536","price":487.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288928_f6b64f63-e21e-46b5-a3a0-27d61e2a983e.jpg?v=1755175925"},{"product_id":"startech-com-dell-emc-sfp-1g-bx10-u-compatible-sfp-module-1000base-bx-u-1-gbe-gigabit-ethernet-bidi-fiber-smf","title":"StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U Compatible SFP Module - 1000BASE-BX-U - 1 GbE Gigabit Ethernet BiDi Fiber (SMF)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe StarTech.com SFP1GBX10UES is a Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U compatible upstream fiber SFP transceiver designed to deliver reliable, enterprise-grade 1 Gigabit Ethernet performance over single-mode fiber. Engineered to work in harmony with Dell EMC switches and routers, this BiDi (bidirectional) transceiver simplifies fiber deployments by reducing fiber counts while extending reach. Engineered, programmed, and tested to align with Dell EMC 1000BASE-BX10-U specifications, the SFP1GBX10UES enables seamless, plug-and-play integration into your network infrastructure. Whether you’re upgrading an aging link, expanding a campus backbone, or consolidating data center fiber paths, this module provides dependable operation, tight compatibility, and the efficient, cost-effective performance you expect from StarTech.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeamless compatibility with Dell EMC ecosystems:\u003c\/b\u003e This SFP module is specifically designed to be Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U compatible, ensuring reliable interoperability with Dell EMC switches and routers. By aligning with Dell EMC’s 1000BASE-BX10-U standard, you gain a worry-free upgrade path that minimizes the need for expensive, vendor-specific configurations. Enjoy a smooth, plug-and-play experience that reduces deployment time and hardware headaches.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBiDi 1000BASE-BX10-U transceiver for reduced fiber usage:\u003c\/b\u003e The BiDi (bidirectional) design allows two signals to share a single fiber strand, dramatically cutting fiber requirements in half compared with traditional duplex configurations. This translates into simplified fiber management, lower cabling costs, and a cleaner deployment in space-limited environments. The Tx\/Rx wavelengths are paired to support upstream communication in a single fiber pair, maximizing the efficiency of existing fiber trunks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-reach, single-mode fiber capability:\u003c\/b\u003e Supporting up to 10 kilometers on single-mode fiber (SMF), this SFP module enables extended distances between your switches, routers, and data center devices. It’s ideal for campus networks, remote data centers, and enterprise backbones where fiber runs traverse floors, buildings, or campus layouts. The extended reach helps you consolidate gear while maintaining solid, high-speed links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-reliability, rugged performance for enterprise networks:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to handle busy networks, the SFP1GBX10UES is designed for continuous operation in demanding environments. The compact, shielded metal housing provides robust protection against electrostatic discharge and mechanical wear, while the module’s engineering ensures stable link integrity even in challenging installations. This translates to fewer field service visits and more consistent network performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy installation and management with plug-and-play simplicity:\u003c\/b\u003e This SFP module is designed for painless installation into standard SFP ports. It supports hot-swapping in supported devices, enabling maintenance windows without powering down critical equipment (where permitted by your network hardware). After insertion, LED indicators provide quick status checks for link and activity, letting you verify operation at a glance and maintain uptime with minimal fuss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U Compatible SFP Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U compatible upstream fiber transceiver; pairs with Dell EMC switches and routers that support 1000BASE-BX10-U.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface and form factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable) transceiver module designed for hot-swappable installation into standard SFP ports on network devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 Gigabit per second (1 Gbps) Ethernet certified, enabling reliable, high-speed network connectivity for campus and data center applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTransceiver type and wavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e BiDi SFP with transmit wavelength of 1310 nm and receive wavelength of 1550 nm, enabling upstream fiber communication over a single SMF strand.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-mode fiber (SMF) support, suitable for longer-distance links and backbone connections where high performance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReach:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 10 kilometers (approximately 6.2 miles) on SMF, enabling extended links between distant network devices without multiple hops.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompliance and standards:\u003c\/b\u003e 1000BASE-BX10-U specification, designed to align with industry-standard SFP MSA requirements for interoperability and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower, temperature, and environmental considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for commercial-grade operation in standard data center and office environments; optimized for stable, continuous performance within typical operating conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackage contents and physical characteristics:\u003c\/b\u003e Compact SFP module with protective dust cap, designed to fit standard SFP slots and preserve port density in multi-rack deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U Compatible SFP Module\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConfirm compatibility and prepare the device:\u003c\/b\u003e Verify that your Dell EMC switch or router supports 1000BASE-BX10-U and that there is an available SFP port. Review the device’s supported transceivers and any published interop notes to avoid compatibility issues.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower considerations and safety:\u003c\/b\u003e While many SFP modules are hot-swappable, consult your equipment’s maintenance guidelines. If your device requires a power-down window for installation, plan accordingly. Ensure static-free handling and use ESD protection when working near network hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRemove protective caps and inspect the slot:\u003c\/b\u003e Gently remove the dust cap from the SFP port on the module and the corresponding port on the device. Inspect the slot for debris; a clean insertion ensures reliable contact and reduces the risk of transmission faults.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInsert the SFP module:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the module with the SFP slot and push it firmly until it seats with a click. Do not force the module; ensure it is fully seated and aligned with the connectors to guarantee proper signaling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnect the fiber cabling:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach the single-mode fiber pair to the SFP module, making sure you align Tx and Rx directions correctly (Tx on the Transmitter side, Rx on the Receiver side). Use appropriate LC connectors and verify that the fiber is clean and properly terminated to avoid signal loss.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVerify link status and configuration:\u003c\/b\u003e Power on or verify the device if already powered. Check the port status LEDs on the device to confirm a link is established. If your network requires specific VLAN or speed settings, apply those configurations accordingly, then test traffic to confirm throughput and error-free operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDocument and monitor performance:\u003c\/b\u003e Record installation details (port, device, cable type, distance) for future reference. Monitor link uptime and error counters over the next 24–72 hours to confirm long-term stability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the StarTech.com SFP1GBX10UES compatible with Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U hardware?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The module is specifically designed to be Dell EMC SFP-1G-BX10-U compatible, ensuring interoperability with Dell EMC switches and routers that support 1000BASE-BX10-U. It’s tested to provide reliable performance within the Dell EMC ecosystem, making it a trusted choice for enterprise networks that require a compatible BiDi SFP solution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What distance can I achieve with this module on SMF?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The SFP1GBX10UES supports distances up to 10 kilometers on single-mode fiber. This extended reach is ideal for campus backbones, data-center interconnects, and remote link segments where fiber runs span buildings or beyond. Always consider fiber quality and link budget calculations to determine the actual achievable distance in your environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do BiDi SFPs differ from standard duplex SFPs?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: BiDi transceivers transmit and receive over a single fiber strand using distinct wavelengths, reducing the amount of fiber required and simplifying cabling in dense deployments. This can lower fiber management complexity and cost, especially in space-constrained racks or cross-building backbones, while still delivering full 1 Gbps Ethernet performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I install this module while my device is powered on?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: In many cases, SFP modules are hot-swappable, allowing installation without powering down the device. However, always follow your equipment manufacturer’s guidelines for hot-swapping and plan maintenance windows accordingly. If in doubt, perform installation during a scheduled maintenance period to ensure a smooth integration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What should I do if the link does not come up after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: First, verify that the TX\/RX wavelengths match the opposing transceiver and that the fiber is correctly oriented. Confirm the port configuration (speed, duplex settings, VLANs) and check for any compatibility notes between devices. Inspect fiber connectors for cleanliness and integrity, and consider performing a loopback test or swapping to a known-good fiber to identify whether the issue is at the transceiver, fiber, or device level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910160736482,"sku":"5699895","price":23.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289154_228a1706-bcfe-40ef-9999-94fda21f5782.jpg?v=1755176345"},{"product_id":"hpe-instant-on-1930-8g-class4-poe-2sfp-124w-switch","title":"HPE Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE 2SFP 124W Switch","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe HPE Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE 2SFP 124W Switch is a compact, smart-managed Gigabit switch built for small businesses and SMBs that demand high performance without complexity. As part of the Aruba Instant On portfolio, it blends fixed configuration simplicity with powerful features, delivering reliable network connectivity for today’s bandwidth-hungry environments. Whether you’re powering IP phones, security cameras, wireless access points, or deskside devices, this switch provides the dependable performance, easy deployment, and smart management that modern small offices require.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePowerful PoE networking for small teams: This switch uses 8 RJ-45 ports with Power over Ethernet (PoE) support and 2 dedicated SFP uplink ports, giving you clean, centralized power for IP phones, security cameras, and wireless access points. With a total PoE budget of up to 124W, you can power multiple devices without a separate PoE injector or power strip, reducing clutter and simplifying installation in your office or retail space.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSmart, intuitive management for busy IT admins: Designed for non-stop productivity, the Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE switch offers a straightforward web UI and cloud-enabled management via the Aruba Instant On app. Create VLANs, apply QoS policies to prioritize voice and video traffic, implement access controls, and monitor port statistics — all from a single pane of glass. It’s ideal for SMBs that want enterprise-grade features without complex, time-consuming setups.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReliable performance with flexible connectivity: With eight Gigabit Ethernet ports and two SFP uplinks, this switch supports smooth, high-throughput networking for small offices and branch locations. The fixed-configuration design ensures predictable performance, while the SFP uplinks enable fast backhaul to your core network or a high-speed distribution switch. It’s built to handle everyday business applications, including video conferencing, IP surveillance, and cloud-based services, without bottlenecks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEasy deployment and everyday efficiency: The Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE switch is engineered for fast, plug-and-play deployment. Auto-negotiation on ports simplifies device connections, while PoE power is delivered automatically to compatible devices, reducing the need for separate power adapters. Its energy-efficient design helps manage operating costs over time, and the compact form factor fits neatly in a network closet, on a shelf, or under a desk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVersatile, future-ready for growing spaces: This switch supports essential Layer 2 features and small-business networking needs, including VLAN segmentation, QoS for prioritizing traffic, and reliable security controls. It’s well-suited for small offices, mid-sized retail locations, or remote branches that require a robust, affordable, easy-to-manage network edge device. As your network evolves, it’s ready to scale with you, offering dependable performance for today’s voice, video, and data applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE 2SFP 124W Switch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePorts: 8 x 10\/100\/1000 Mbps RJ-45 with PoE support; 2 x 1 Gbps SFP uplink ports for fiber or copper-fiber hybrid connectivity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePoE Budget: Up to 124W total PoE budget to power multiple devices such as IP phones, cameras, and access points\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eManagement: Smart-managed, fixed-configuration switch; cloud- or app-based management via Aruba Instant On platform for easy setup and ongoing administration\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLayer 2 Features: Includes VLAN support (802.1Q), QoS for prioritizing voice\/video, and basic security controls to segment traffic and protect devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecurity: Access controls and port-level security features designed for small business environments to help safeguard edge connectivity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePerformance and Reliability: Fixed configuration designed for stable performance in SMB setups with bandwidth-intensive applications like video conferences and multi-camera surveillance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower and Efficiency: PoE-enabled ports deliver power where needed, reducing cable clutter and simplifying device deployment\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm Factor: Compact, space-efficient unit suitable for desktop placement or compact wall-mounted racks in small offices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Supports standard PoE devices and integrates with Aruba Instant On ecosystem for centralized management and monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install HPE Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE 2SFP 124W Switch\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan your topology: Identify the location of your switch, the devices to power via PoE (IP phones, cameras, Wi‑Fi access points), and the uplink path to your core network or router. Keep the switch within reach of your PoE devices and an available power outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack and position: Place the switch on a stable surface in your network closet or workspace. Ensure adequate ventilation and keep the unit away from excess heat or humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect power and uplinks: Plug the switch into a reliable power source. Connect the 2 SFP uplink ports to your core switches, router, or distribution devices using appropriate fiber or copper transceivers as required by your network design.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect PoE devices: Plug IP phones, cameras, and wireless access points into the 8 PoE-enabled RJ-45 ports. The switch will supply power automatically to compliant devices, simplifying the initial deployment and reducing the need for separate power adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInitial configuration: Access the Aruba Instant On management interface via the web portal or the Aruba Instant On mobile app. Create VLANs as needed for voice, data, and guest networks, configure QoS policies to prioritize real-time traffic, and apply any security policies like ACLs or port restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTest and monitor: Verify device connectivity, confirm PoE devices are receiving power, and monitor port activity and link status through the management interface. Fine-tune VLANs and QoS to ensure optimal performance for your specific applications and user groups.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDocumentation and ongoing management: Save your configuration and enable automatic firmware updates if available. Use the Aruba Instant On dashboard to monitor health metrics, firmware version, and device status across your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat does the 124W PoE budget cover?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe 124W total PoE budget refers to the maximum power that can be delivered across all PoE-enabled ports collectively. This enables you to power multiple PoE devices such as IP phones, cameras, and wireless access points from a single switch, reducing cable clutter and simplifying deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I manage the switch remotely?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYes. The Aruba Instant On 1930 switches are designed for cloud-based and app-based management. You can configure, monitor, and manage devices from the Aruba Instant On web portal or the mobile app, making it ideal for distributed offices or remote branches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat kind of traffic can QoS handle on this switch?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe switch includes QoS capabilities to prioritize time-sensitive traffic such as voice and video. This helps ensure clearer calls, smoother video conferences, and reliable performance for critical applications, even when the network is busy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIs this switch suitable for small businesses with growing networks?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The Aruba Instant On 1930 8G Class4 PoE 2SFP 124W Switch is designed for compact offices and SMBs, offering essential Layer 2 features, PoE, and simple management. As your network grows, you can add more switches or expand with compatible Aruba Instant On devices to maintain consistent performance and centralized management.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat types of devices can I power with PoE on this switch?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou can power devices that support PoE through the eight RJ-45 ports, such as IP phones, surveillance cameras, and wireless access points. The total PoE budget of 124W determines how many devices you can power simultaneously and at what power levels, so plan accordingly based on your device requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910162374882,"sku":"5877504","price":277.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289193_d30da7ad-ff09-4b31-abd7-1bbb8671380f.jpg?v=1755176425"},{"product_id":"extreme-networks-10gbase-lr-sfp-module","title":"Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module is a high-performance, enterprise-grade transceiver designed to deliver reliable, scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over long distances. Engineered for data centers, campuses, and core-to-access network backbones, this LR module combines industry-standard 10GBASE-LR optics with Extreme Networks compatibility to provide seamless, plug-and-play integration with your existing switching and routing infrastructure. Whether you’re upgrading uplinks, building a fiber backbone, or extending a network across campuses, this SFP+ transceiver offers the precision, efficiency, and durability necessary to support demanding workloads while minimizing downtime and maintenance windows.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUltra-fast 10 Gbps performance:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet data rates ideal for uplinks, server connections, and high-throughput inter-switch links, delivering the bandwidth required by modern data-intensive applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLong-reach transmission over single-mode fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e 10GBASE-LR optics enable reliable data transmission up to extended distances over SMF, making it perfect for data center interconnects and campus backbones with minimal cost and complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1310 nm wavelength with LC duplex connector:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for single-mode fiber and standard LC duplex cables, ensuring compatibility with common fiber infrastructures and straightforward field deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility and plug-and-play deployment:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to integrate with Extreme Networks platforms and conform to industry SFP+ specifications, enabling quick installation with minimal configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, serviceable design with monitoring capabilities:\u003c\/b\u003e Built for reliability in demanding environments and supports diagnostic monitoring to help you track performance and quickly identify issues before they impact services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eData Rate:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 Gbps Ethernet (10GBASE-LR)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWavelength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1310 nm, optimized for long-range single-mode fiber\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReach:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 10 kilometers on standard single-mode fiber (SMF), enabling extended links between switches, routers, and aggregation devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-Mode Fiber (SMF) for long-haul connectivity and reduced dispersion over distance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnector:\u003c\/b\u003e LC duplex optical connector for reliable, industry-standard fiber interfacing\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm Factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ transceiver module, hot-swappable in compliant Switch\/Router slots\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for seamless use with Extreme Networks equipment and compliant with broad SFP+ standards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) where available, enabling real-time monitoring of optical power, temperature, voltage, and other critical parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module is designed to be quick and straightforward, with a path to immediate interconnectivity. The following guidelines are intended to help you deploy the module efficiently while maximizing uptime and performance. While the SFP+ form factor supports hot-swapping on most Extreme Networks platforms, always follow your organization’s change-management policies and the device’s manual for best practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the link:\u003c\/b\u003e Identify the appropriate SFP+ port on your Extreme Networks switch or router and verify that the fiber link is prepared for upgrade or expansion. Ensure you have the correct fiber type (SMF) and a clean LC duplex fiber patch cord ready.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e If your environment supports hot-swapping, you may insert the module without powering down the device per vendor guidance. If uncertain, power down the device or port according to your maintenance policy to minimize risk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInsert the module:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the SFP+ module with the port, slide it in firmly until it seats with a gentle click, and verify that the module is locked in position. Do not force the module; ensure the connector pins align properly with the slot.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnect the fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach a clean LC duplex SMF patch cord to the module’s LC connector. Route fiber to the corresponding device, avoiding sharp bends and ensuring proper strain relief to preserve signal integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVerify operation:\u003c\/b\u003e Power up the device (if powered down) and check the port status via the management interface. Confirm link establishment, negotiate the appropriate speed, and inspect optics for valid DOM readings if supported.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiagnostics and validation:\u003c\/b\u003e If DOM\/DDM is supported, review real-time metrics such as transmit\/receive power, temperature, and voltage to ensure the link remains within expected ranges. Run end-to-end tests to confirm throughput and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is a 10GBASE-LR SFP+ module?\u003c\/b\u003e A 10GBASE-LR SFP+ module is a compact, hot-swappable transceiver that enables 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over long distances on single-mode fiber. It uses a long-range laser and an LC duplex connector to support links up to about 10 kilometers, depending on fiber quality and network conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs this module compatible with all Extreme Networks devices?\u003c\/b\u003e The Extreme Networks 10GBASE-LR SFP+ Module is designed for compatibility with Extreme Networks switches and routers that support SFP+ modules and 10GBASE-LR optics. For best results, verify that your specific chassis and line cards are listed in the device’s interoperability guide or release notes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat kind of fiber and connectors do I need?\u003c\/b\u003e You will need single-mode fiber (SMF) with LC duplex connectors. Use clean, properly terminated patch cords and ensure fiber paths are free of excessive bending to maintain optical integrity and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes this module support diagnostic monitoring?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, many 10GBASE-LR SFP+ modules provide Digital Diagnostics Monitoring (DDM\/DOM) capabilities, allowing you to monitor critical parameters such as optical power, temperature, and voltage in real time for proactive maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat are typical deployment scenarios?\u003c\/b\u003e Typical deployments include data-center uplinks between core and distribution switches, long-haul links between campuses, and end-to-end connects in high-density server farms where reliable 10 Gbps connectivity is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow should I maintain this module?\u003c\/b\u003e Regularly inspect fiber connections, replace dirty or damaged patch cords, and monitor DOM readouts if available. Keep transceivers within the device’s supported operating environment and follow your vendor’s recommended maintenance schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Extreme Networks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910189932770,"sku":"7194065","price":2190.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289878_6d7e99e6-1587-49d6-b5ca-1b839714aab6.jpg?v=1755177573"},{"product_id":"startech-com-hpe-jd094b-bx-d-compatible-sfp-module-10gbase-bx-10-gbe-gigabit-ethernet-bidi-single-mode-fiber-smf-transceiver-module","title":"StarTech.com HPE JD094B-BX-D Compatible SFP+ Module - 10GBASE-BX - 10 GbE Gigabit Ethernet BiDi Single Mode Fiber (SMF) Transceiver Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eElevate your 10 Gigabit Ethernet deployments with the StarTech.com HPE JD094B-BX-D compatible SFP+ module. Engineered to pair seamlessly with HP JD094B-BX-D and JD094B-BX-U-ST hardware, this 10GBASE-BX BiDi SMF transceiver delivers reliable, high-performance fiber connectivity for data centers, campuses, and enterprise networks. Designed, programmed and tested to ensure interoperability with HP switches and routers that support 10GBASE-BX, it provides a plug-and-play upgrade path that minimizes downtime while maximizing throughput and efficiency. Whether you're refreshing an aging link, expanding a backbone, or building a new high-speed fiber network, this SFP+ transceiver is built to meet the demands of modern, bandwidth-hungry applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility and interoperability:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically designed to work with HP JD094B-BX-D devices and StarTech.com's JD094B-BX-U-ST pairings. This module has been tested to deliver reliable 10GBase-BX performance with HP switches and routers, ensuring smooth integration into existing JD094B-BX-D-based networks without complex configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBiDi design for fiber efficiency:\u003c\/b\u003e Bi-directional (BiDi) operation over a single fiber strand reduces fiber count and simplifies cabling. By multiplexing TX and RX signals over a single SMF fiber, you can extend reach and simplify your cabling architecture without compromising bandwidth or signal integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-speed 10 Gbps performance:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports 10GBASE-BX transceiver operation, delivering full-duplex 10 Gigabit Ethernet for rapid data transfer, low latency, and improved application performance across storage networks, clustering, and virtualization environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle-mode fiber (SMF) compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for long-distance links on SMF networks, the module enables robust transmission over standard single-mode fiber cabling, enhancing link budgets and reliability in campus backbones and data-center interconnects.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlug-and-play reliability and form factor:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ form factor ensures easy installation into standard SFP+ ports, with hot-swappable deployment to minimize maintenance downtime. It’s designed for quick replacement in both blade and switch\/router environments without bespoke adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com HPE JD094B-BX-D Compatible SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterface and speed:\u003c\/b\u003e SFP+ transceiver module configured for 10GBASE operation, delivering full-duplex 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance over BiDi SMF links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFiber type:\u003c\/b\u003e Single-Mode Fiber (SMF) compatible, ideal for longer-distance links and backbone connectivity where reduced fiber count and interference are prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBiDi wavelengths:\u003c\/b\u003e BiDi Tx\/Rx wavelengths tuned for the 1310\/1550 nm pair, enabling efficient bidirectional communication on a single fiber strand while maintaining proper isolation and signal integrity between transmit and receive paths.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility footprint:\u003c\/b\u003e Verified compatibility with HP JD094B-BX-D and JD094B-BX-U-ST platforms—a trusted option for HP-based networks seeking reliable StarTech.com interoperability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor:\u003c\/b\u003e Standard SFP+ module design to fit into any SFP+ slot, enabling straightforward upgrades and replacements in existing switches, routers, and media converters that support 10GBASE-BX BiDi transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperating considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for enterprise and data-center environments with typical industrial-grade reliability. Ensure proper fiber polarity and clean LC connectors to maximize link reliability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install StarTech.com HPE JD094B-BX-D Compatible SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling this StarTech.com SFP+ module is a straightforward, plug-and-play process. Follow these steps to ensure a successful deployment and maximize your link reliability:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 1 — Power down or prepare for hot-swap:\u003c\/b\u003e If your hardware supports hot-swapping, you can install without powering down the chassis. If not, power down the device according to your equipment’s guidelines before proceeding.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 2 — Remove the existing module (if upgrading):\u003c\/b\u003e If you are replacing an existing transceiver, carefully remove the current SFP+ module from its slot by releasing the retaining clip and pulling it straight out with a gentle, even pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 3 — Insert the JD094B-BX-D compatible module:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the module with the SFP+ slot and gently slide it in until it-clicks into place. Confirm the module is fully seated and the retention clip is engaged. The front panel indicators on the switch or router will typically show that the module is recognized.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 4 — Connect the single-mode fiber:\u003c\/b\u003e Use a high-quality single-mode fiber patch cord with LC connectors. Ensure correct polarity: BiDi links require TX\/RX alignment between devices. Connect the Tx fiber from one device to the Rx fiber on the other. Secure the connectors and avoid excessive bending to maintain signal integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 5 — Verify link status and configuration:\u003c\/b\u003e Power on the device (if needed) and access the management interface. Enable the corresponding SFP+ interface if required, and verify link status, data rate, and duplex settings. If cross-checking with HP gear, you may review the interface in HP management software to confirm 10GBASE-BX operation and stable_link.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 6 — Perform a basic throughput test:\u003c\/b\u003e If your environment supports it, run a small, representative throughput test to confirm stable performance across the BiDi link. Check for error rates, CRCs, and any signaling warnings. If issues arise, recheck fiber polarity, connector cleanliness, and compatibility with the HP hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 7 — Document the installation:\u003c\/b\u003e Record the module model, serial number (if available), fiber type, link distance, and port configuration for future maintenance and troubleshooting. Proper documentation helps sustain performance over the life of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this module compatible with HP JD094B-BX-D switches and routers?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. It is designed to be fully compatible with HP JD094B-BX-D, and it has been tested to work with HP switches and routers that support 10GBASE-BX BiDi transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does BiDi mean for this transceiver?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: BiDi stands for bidirectional. The transceiver uses a single fiber pair to transmit and receive data in opposite directions, effectively doubling fiber efficiency and reducing cabling in appropriate networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber should I use?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This module is intended for Single-Mode Fiber (SMF). Use SMF with LC connectors and ensure proper polarity between devices for BiDi operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What bandwidth and speed does it support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It supports 10 Gbps full-duplex Ethernet (10GBASE). This makes it suitable for data-intensive applications such as storage networks, virtualization, and high-speed inter-switch links.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I verify that the link is up?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: After installation, check the SFP+ interface status in your switch\/router management interface. Look for a link light, an established 10G link rate, and normal error counters. If the link does not come up, verify fiber polarity, connector cleanliness, and compatibility with the HP gear.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need any special drivers or firmware?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: In most cases, plug-and-play operation with standard SFP+ ports should not require special drivers. Ensure your HP devices have the latest firmware and that the SFP+ module is compatible with your specific model and firmware version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910205563106,"sku":"5699854","price":45.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290205_5d4a40d5-87da-4d69-a761-a4c84c840caa.jpg?v=1755178024"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-call-to-repair-extended-warranty-3-year-warranty-24g-4sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair - Extended Warranty - 3 Year - Warranty 24g 4sfp Svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eSecure, reliable protection for your Hewlett Packard Enterprise infrastructure, this HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair plan provides a robust 3-year extended warranty that blends hardware and software support to maximize uptime and minimize business disruption. Built to complement the standard manufacturer warranty, this service helps your IT team resolve issues quickly through remote diagnostics, on-site hardware repair when needed, and collaborative software support for eligible products. With quick response, on-site convenience, and a clear scope of coverage, Foundation Care Call-To-Repair is designed to keep mission-critical systems online and operating at peak efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eComprehensive hardware and software coverage designed to maximize system availability across your IT environment. The service combines remote diagnosis with on-site hardware repair when required, helping you resolve issues faster and reduce unplanned downtime. By addressing both hardware failures and compatible software concerns, it provides a holistic approach to reliability for complex deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemote diagnosis and on-site repair form the core of rapid issue resolution. Highly skilled HPE technical resources work with your IT team to identify root causes, guide repairs remotely when possible, and dispatch technicians for on-site service as needed. For eligible software, Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management ensure coordinated problem solving across multiple vendors and components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Six-hour response time (distance from customer site within 80 km) delivers timely service so you can return to normal operations quickly. This commitment reduces downtime for critical hardware, helps maintain service levels, and enhances planning certainty for maintenance windows and CapEx cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThree-year service duration provides sustained protection beyond the initial manufacturer warranty. With an extended window of parts replacement and labor coverage, your valuable hardware remains supported as it ages, helping you extend device lifecycles and avoid sudden capital expenditures due to unexpected failures.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConvenient on-site service and streamlined maintenance. Part and labor service characteristics are designed for reliability and ease of operation, ensuring that common maintenance tasks, part replacements, and service actions can be carried out with minimal business disruption, while the service structure supports easy coordination and clear escalation paths for IT teams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnical details are not included in the provided product description. To obtain the complete specifications, refer to the product's specifications in the official catalog (using the appropriate UPC or SKU) on the Synnex EC portal at https:\/\/ec.synnex.com\/. When available, the technical details typically cover coverage scope, service type, geographic applicability, response times, eligible product families, and any software components included with hardware coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVerify eligibility and confirm that your hardware model and serial number are covered under the Foundation Care Call-To-Repair plan. Have your product identifiers ready to streamline the validation process.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGather required service details, including device model, serial number, current warranty status, and preferred service location. This information helps configure the right coverage, assign the correct resources, and schedule on-site visits if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSubmit a service request through your established HPE account, authorized channel, or your reseller. Include any escalation preferences and business hours so the support team can align their workflow with your operational needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCoordinate with HPE to initiate remote diagnostics or dispatch a technician. Ensure access to the affected site and provide any necessary safety or access instructions to facilitate a smooth on-site visit if required.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMonitor the service progress via the portal or cross-channel communications, verify issue resolution, and close the ticket once your system has returned to full operation. Maintain records of service actions for future reference and warranty management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat is HPE Foundation Care Call-To-Repair?\u003c\/b\u003e It is a 3-year extended warranty service from Hewlett Packard Enterprise that combines hardware and software support. The plan includes remote diagnosis, on-site hardware repair when needed, and collaborative software support for eligible products to help maximize uptime and simplify maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat does the 3-year duration cover?\u003c\/b\u003e The three-year term provides ongoing protection beyond the original manufacturer warranty, including parts and labor for eligible hardware repairs, remote and on-site support, and applicable software support where specified.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow fast is the service response?\u003c\/b\u003e The plan features a 6-hour response time for parts and labor within the defined service radius (up to 80 km from the customer site), enabling rapid restoration of services for critical systems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes it include software support?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. For eligible software products, Basic Software Support and Collaborative Call Management for selected non-HPE software may be included as part of the coverage, facilitating coordinated problem resolution with third-party software vendors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs on-site support available?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. When remote resolution is insufficient, on-site hardware repair is provided to bring technicians to your location to resolve issues and restore operations as quickly as possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910222143714,"sku":"7578141","price":1884.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175291293_7d90f206-9479-49ba-b212-d3ab4c6b23b6.jpg?v=1755524212"},{"product_id":"startech-com-thunderbolt-3-to-10gbe-fiber-network-chassis-external-enclosure-4-open-sfp-ports","title":"StarTech.com Thunderbolt 3 to 10GbE Fiber Network Chassis - External enclosure - 4 Open SFP+ Ports","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe StarTech.com Thunderbolt 3 to 10GbE Fiber Network Chassis is the ultimate gateway to converting your Thunderbolt 3 workstation or laptop into a capable, high‑performance networking hub. Designed for professionals who demand blazing fast access to file servers, studios, and data centers, this external enclosure delivers scalable fiber connectivity through four open SFP+ ports. With its rugged enclosure and turnkey compatibility, it makes it easier than ever to add flexible, modular 10GbE fiber networking to your existing Thunderbolt 3 ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlazing-fast interconnect: Leverage the raw power of Thunderbolt 3 to access shared storage, high‑speed backups, and intense data transfers at 10 Gigabit Ethernet speeds, enabling rapid file movement and real‑time collaboration across networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eModular fiber connectivity: Four open SFP+ ports give you the freedom to choose the exact fiber configuration you need, whether you’re using single‑mode or multi‑mode fiber, and whichever transceivers best suit your backbone. This modularity lets you tailor your network topology for performance, distance, and cost.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eExternal enclosure for desktop workflows: Engineered as a compact, bus‑friendly external chassis, it fits neatly on a crowded workstation or in a small IT rack, turning your Thunderbolt 3 interface into a scalable 10GbE fiber‑connected network edge without complex installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCross‑platform compatibility: Built to work with Thunderbolt 3 enabled systems across macOS and Windows, so you can deploy within mixed environments or choose the platform that best matches your workflow while maintaining high‑speed network access.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlug‑and‑play with future‑proofing: The enclosure is designed for easy expansion—you can upgrade your network by swapping in new SFP+ transceivers as your fiber needs evolve, while maintaining a straightforward setup process and minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Thunderbolt 3 to 10GbE Fiber Network Chassis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThunderbolt 3 host connection for fast, versatile access to a 10GbE fiber network\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal enclosure with 4 open SFP+ ports for modular fiber transceivers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 10GbE fiber networking via user‑supplied SFP+ modules (transceivers sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, durable chassis designed for desktop use and portable setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSFP+ ports are hot‑swappable, enabling flexible upgrades and configuration changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with macOS and Windows systems that support Thunderbolt 3 and 10GbE networking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo transceivers bundled; rely on your preferred mix of LC‑type transceivers for distance and media type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal for creative studios, engineering labs, data‑centric workstations, and IT professionals needing rapid, modular fiber connectivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Thunderbolt 3 to 10GbE Fiber Network Chassis\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the external enclosure and verify all components are present, including the chassis, any mounting hardware, and the Thunderbolt 3 cable required for host connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose and acquire the appropriate SFP+ transceivers for your fiber network (single‑mode or multi‑mode as needed). Remember that the four ports are open and ready to accept transceivers, so plan your fiber topology before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the Thunderbolt 3 cable from your computer or workstation to the Thunderbolt 3 port on the chassis. Ensure your computer is powered on and recognizes Thunderbolt devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert SFP+ transceivers into each open port according to your network design, then connect the corresponding fiber optic cables to each transceiver. Verify fiber connections are secure and aligned with the correct LC connectors and fiber type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower on the enclosure if an external power option is provided, and install any required system software or drivers if prompted by your operating system. In most cases, standard network drivers and Thunderbolt support will handle basic connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigure your computer’s network settings to utilize the 10GbE connections. Depending on your OS, you may set up four separate 10GbE NICs or create a bonded\/aggregate interface to maximize throughput and fault tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the connections by transferring large files or running network benchmarks to confirm low latency and consistent 10GbE performance across all four SFP+ ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is this product? The StarTech.com Thunderbolt 3 to 10GbE Fiber Network Chassis is an external enclosure that connects via Thunderbolt 3 and presents four open SFP+ ports for modular fiber networking, enabling high‑speed 10GbE connections through user‑supplied transceivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDo I need to install any drivers? In most cases, standard Thunderbolt and network interface drivers provided by your operating system are sufficient. No special StarTech driver is required for basic 10GbE functionality, though certain advanced network features or management tools may require vendor software.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWhat kind of transceivers can I use? You can use SFP+ transceivers that match your fiber type and distance goals (single‑mode or multi‑mode). The four ports are open for your choice of LC‑type modules, and you can mix transceivers to support diverse links across your network.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIs this device hot‑swappable? Yes, the SFP+ ports are designed to be hot‑swappable, allowing you to swap or upgrade transceivers without powering down the host system. Always handle transceivers with care and follow ESD precautions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWhich operating systems are supported? The enclosure is designed to work with Thunderbolt 3 enabled devices running macOS or Windows. Ensure your system supports Thunderbolt 3 and has the appropriate networking capabilities to utilize 10GbE connections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCan I use this with multiple networks at once? Absolutely. With four independent 10GbE SFP+ ports, you can connect to separate networks or aggregate bandwidth for a single high‑throughput task, depending on your OS networking configuration and hardware capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAre transceivers included? No transceivers are included. You supply your own SFP+ modules tailored to your fiber type, distance requirements, and network standards.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWhat are ideal use cases for this enclosure? Creative studios performing large media transfers, engineering workstations requiring rapid access to shared data, data centers testing and validation labs, and IT environments needing flexible, modular 10GbE fiber connectivity through a compact external enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910279782626,"sku":"5151909","price":988.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"accortec-cisco-sfp-mini-gbic-module","title":"Accortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eAccortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Accortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module is the ultimate upgrade for businesses and IT professionals seeking to elevate their networking capabilities. Designed to deliver dependable performance and high-speed data transfers, this compact transceiver enhances the agility and efficiency of Cisco-based networks—from growing data centers to campus deployments and remote sites. Built to integrate seamlessly with Cisco switches, routers, and servers, the Accortec SFP minimizes downtime with plug-and-play installation and robust reliability. Whether you’re expanding bandwidth, upgrading legacy infrastructure, or optimizing fiber connectivity, this mini-GBIC module provides the flexible, enterprise-grade solution your network demands. Expect crisp link reliability, low error rates, and streamlined management as you scale your network to meet today’s data-intensive workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed data transfers with reliable performance across Cisco networks, enabling faster backups, smoother video conferencing, and improved application responsiveness for end users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible, plug-and-play SFP (mini-GBIC) design that supports easy upgrades with minimal downtime, allowing you to scale bandwidth without a full infrastructure overhaul.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide compatibility with Cisco devices and Cisco-based networking environments, ensuring seamless interop with existing switches, routers, and servers without complex reconfigurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable build and rigorous testing for long-term reliability in data centers, enterprise networks, and edge deployments, even under continuous operation and fluctuating temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-saving, cost-effective solution that extends fiber connectivity in crowded racks and cabinets, while preserving investment in your current data center architecture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Accortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm factor: SFP (small form-factor pluggable) module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterface: Optical fiber transceiver with standard SFP footprint for broad compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKey capability: Supports high-speed data transfers suitable for modern enterprise and data-center networks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Optimized for Cisco devices and Cisco-based networking environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUPC: N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Accortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower down or place the target port in maintenance mode if your organization’s policy requires it, then locate the appropriate SFP slot on the Cisco device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the existing module (if replacing) by unlocking the securing latch and sliding the module out of the slot with care to avoid damage to the connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the Accortec SFP module with the slot and insert firmly until it seats fully; ensure the latch or engagement mechanism locks into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the fiber optic cable to the module’s fiber interfaces using cables and connectors compatible with the module, and secure the cable to prevent inadvertent movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower on the device or re-enable the port and verify the link status via the device’s management interface or CLI, confirming a stable connection and negotiated speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Is the Accortec Cisco SFP (mini-GBIC) Module compatible with Cisco switches, routers, and servers? A: Yes. It is designed to integrate with Cisco devices and Cisco-based networks, providing reliable fiber connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: What speeds does this SFP support? A: The module is built for high-speed data transfers suitable for modern enterprise networks; exact performance depends on the host device and fiber cabling in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Is the module hot-swappable? A: SFP modules are typically hot-swappable in supported devices; always follow your device’s maintenance guidelines and warranty terms when replacing components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Do I need special cables or connectors? A: Use fiber cables and connectors compatible with the module’s specifications and your network design, ensuring the fiber type (single-mode or multi-mode) matches your deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: How can I verify that the module is functioning correctly? A: Check the port status in the device’s management interface or CLI for link status, speed negotiation, and error counters, then perform a basic throughput test if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: What warranty or support coverage applies? A: Warranty terms vary by retailer and region; refer to the seller’s policy for Accortec SFP modules and Cisco networking components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Accortec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910843719906,"sku":"3854180","price":159.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175321312.jpg?v=1725531173"},{"product_id":"accortec-ex-sfp-10ge-sr-sfp-transceiver","title":"Accortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR SFP+ Transceiver","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eAccortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Accortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR SFP+ Transceiver is a high-performance, plug-and-play solution designed to elevate data networking capabilities in modern data centers, enterprise networks, and campus deployments. Built to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity over multimode fiber, this SR (Short Reach) transceiver combines tight tolerance optics with robust engineering to ensure low latency, excellent signal integrity, and consistent performance in busy network environments. It fits the standard SFP+ form factor, supports the widely adopted 10GBASE-SR standard, and is compatible with a broad range of switches, routers, and server NICs, making it an ideal upgrade path for aging 1G or 2.5G backbone links or new 10G access layer installations. With LC duplex connectors and a compact, hot-swappable design, the EX-SFP-10GE-SR is built for seamless integration, quick maintenance windows, and scalable growth as your network evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUltra-fast 10 Gbps performance for modern networks.\u003c\/b\u003e The EX-SFP-10GE-SR transceiver supports 10GBASE-SR optics, enabling high-throughput links across short-reach multimode fiber. Optimized for 850 nm operation, it delivers reliable, low-latency fiber connectivity that sustains dense traffic patterns in data centers, virtualization environments, and high-performance computing clusters. Designed to minimize bit error rates, this module helps you maximize your investment in high-speed switches and routers while keeping latency and jitter under control during peak loads.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlug-and-play compatibility with major vendors.\u003c\/b\u003e This SFP+ transceiver follows industry standards to ensure broad interoperability across leading networking equipment. Drop it into any compatible SFP+ slot, connect your multimode fiber with LC duplex cables, and you’re ready to extend your network without a complicated compatibility matrix. The EX-SFP-10GE-SR is an economical choice for upgrading from older 1G\/2G interfaces to 10G, or for deploying new 10G links across server racks and aggregation layers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReliable SR optics for data center environments.\u003c\/b\u003e Short-reach SR optics are specifically designed for multimode fiber runs inside data center cabinets and racks. The Ex-SFP-10GE-SR provides stable performance across typical data center distances, with optics engineered to reduce insertion loss and maintain signal integrity over standard OM3\/OM4 fibers. This translates to fewer retransmissions, steadier throughput, and improved overall network efficiency in busy environments where every gigabit counts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, hot-swappable design for minimal downtime.\u003c\/b\u003e System maintenance becomes faster and less disruptive thanks to the transceiver’s hot-swappable, plug-and-play nature. You can swap modules during a maintenance window without powering down the entire device, preserving service continuity and reducing network outages. The compact SFP+ footprint also helps maximize port density in high-performance switches and servers, supporting scalable 10G deployments as your traffic grows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCost-effective upgrade with broad compatibility.\u003c\/b\u003e By leveraging standard SFP+ interfaces and 10GBASE-SR optics, the EX-SFP-10GE-SR provides a cost-efficient way to upgrade data center uplinks and access-layer connections. Its interoperability helps you consolidate vendor choices, streamline procurement, and lower total cost of ownership while delivering dependable, high-speed fiber connectivity for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Accortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProduct type: SFP+ transceiver (10 Gbps) for 10GBASE-SR applications\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWavelength: 850 nm short-reach optics (SR) for multimode fiber\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFiber type: Multimode fiber (OM3\/OM4 recommended) with LC duplex connectors\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance: Up to 300 meters on appropriate multimode fiber (typical SR link distance)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForm factor: SFP+ hot-swappable transceiver\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompliance: IEEE 802.3 10GBASE-SR standard for interoperability\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOperating conditions: Designed for standard commercial networking environments with reliable optical performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Accortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR SFP+ Transceiver\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower down or ensure minimal disruption on the host switch or server NIC before installation, then locate an available SFP+ slot.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRemove the empty slot cover or placeholder, keeping hands clean and dry to protect the port and module.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAlign the EX-SFP-10GE-SR with the SFP+ slot and slide it in firmly until the module clicks into place, ensuring the latch is secured.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect a compatible LC duplex multimode fiber optic cable to the LC connectors on the transceiver, routing the fiber carefully to avoid bending or stressing the cord.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower up the device or resume operation and verify the link status on the switch or NIC. Validate 10G connectivity with a quick speed test or network monitoring tool to confirmlink stability and throughput.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Accortec EX-SFP-10GE-SR compatible with multiple vendor switches and routers?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. This transceiver follows the standard SFP+ and 10GBASE-SR specifications, designed for broad interoperability. For best results, confirm vendor-specific compatibility if you’re deploying in a mixed-vendor environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What type of fiber and what distance can I expect with this module?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It uses multimode fiber with 850 nm SR optics and is suitable for links up to approximately 300 meters on appropriate OM3\/OM4 fiber. Actual distance may vary based on fiber quality, connector quality, and system design.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does this transceiver support digital diagnostics monitoring (DDM\/ODT) or other management features?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Many SFP+ SR modules support DDM\/ODT-based monitoring where supported by the host device. Check your switch or NIC documentation for enabled features and how to access diagnostic data.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I know if this module is the right upgrade for my network?\u003c\/b\u003e A: If you’re upgrading from a 1G\/2G backbone to 10G, or adding 10G access links, and you rely on multimode fiber with LC duplex connectors, this transceiver is typically a suitable choice. Verify compatibility with your specific hardware platform and fiber infrastructure before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Accortec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910844702946,"sku":"4820008","price":205.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175321445.jpg?v=1725531187"},{"product_id":"cisco-sfp-module","title":"Cisco SFP+ Module","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eCisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cisco SFP+ Module is a high-performance networking component that enhances connectivity for your data networking systems. Perfectly engineered for optical networks, it guarantees reliable data transfer for data centers and business applications alike. With its advanced features and robust design, this SFP+ module delivers scalable performance to meet growing bandwidth needs, streamline network operations, and support demanding workloads across modern IT environments. From virtualized data centers to edge compute nodes, these transceivers are designed to deliver consistent, predictable performance under heavy traffic, while reducing complexity for network administrators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned to integrate seamlessly with Cisco ecosystems, the module embodies Cisco's commitment to reliability and interoperability. It combines a compact, shielded housing with precision-laser optics and low-power electronics, delivering both high performance and energy efficiency in crowded racks. The flexible architecture supports a range of fiber types and distances, enabling you to deploy 10G links where they are most needed—between servers, storage arrays, distribution switches, and core platforms—without compromising on latency or error performance. Whether you are upgrading an existing 1G\/10G fabric or building a new 10G spine-leaf fabric, this Cisco SFP+ Module provides a smooth upgrade path that minimizes downtime and maximizes return on investment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe module’s managed design ensures stability and compatibility across firmware versions, while its physical design minimizes risk during installation and maintenance. With Cisco's global support network and comprehensive warranty options, you gain confidence that your investment will perform in mission-critical environments for years to come. This SFP+ transceiver is engineered for data centers, enterprise campuses, and service provider networks, offering consistent performance in dense rack environments, resilient operation in varying temperatures, and robust protection against common deployment hazards such as EMI and mechanical stress. By choosing the Cisco SFP+ Module, you align with a proven standard for 10G connectivity and gain a transceiver that integrates with Cisco switches, routers, and fabric interconnects to deliver dependable, streamlined network performance across your entire campus or data center.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExemplary 10 Gigabit performance for modern data centers and enterprise workloads: The Cisco SFP+ Module delivers sustained, low-latency data transfer at 10 Gbps, ensuring virtualization platforms, high-demand databases, real-time analytics, and dense server clusters communicate without congestion. Its performance characteristics minimize jitter and packet loss under heavy traffic, supporting QoS policies and traffic shaping that help applications such as VM migration, replication, and backups complete within service-level targets.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVersatile optical compatibility with standard LC duplex connectors and strategic design for easy field upgrades: This transceiver uses a familiar LC duplex interface that aligns with common fiber layouts in modern data centers, campuses, and telecom closets. It simplifies cabling, reduces insertion loss, and supports both new deployments and gradual migrations from older links. The robust housing protects the laser and receiver optics from dust, mechanical stress, and electrostatic discharge, enabling reliable operation in busy rack environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible reach options to suit your deployment scenario: Depending on the SKU, you can deploy SR (short-range) variants for hundreds of meters on multimode fiber or LR (long-range) variants for several kilometers on single-mode fiber. This flexibility makes it suitable for rack-to-rack server connections, top-of-rack to core switches, and inter-building links while maintaining a consistent 10G performance profile and identical electrical characteristics across the Cisco ecosystem.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCisco-validated reliability and ecosystem integration: Built to work with Cisco switches, routers, and fabric interconnects, the module benefits from Cisco's tested interoperability, firmware compatibility, and support with Cisco DNA Center or Prime for centralized management. This reduces troubleshooting time and ensures consistent behavior across rolling upgrades and new deployments, with predictable performance in virtualized environments and cloud-connected enterprises.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable design for data-center environments and energy efficiency: The compact, shielded housing reduces electromagnetic interference and crosstalk, while a low-power profile supports dense port density in modern data centers. The module’s thermal tolerance and robust connectors help minimize downtime due to over-tightened cables or accidental unplugging, ensuring stable operation in hot aisles and during maintenance windows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm Factor: SFP+ transceiver module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData Rate: 10 Gbps (10000 Mbps)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnector: LC duplex optical interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWavelength and Reach: SR variants typically use 850 nm with multimode fiber for short-range links; LR variants use 1310 nm single-mode fiber for longer distances; exact figures depend on SKU and fiber type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiber Type: Multimode (SR) or Single-mode (LR) depending on SKU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating Temperature: Standard commercial range (typical 0 to 70°C) with higher-temperature options available per SKU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Consumption: Low power profile designed for dense deployments and energy efficiency in data centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot-Swap Ready: Designed for hot-swapping in compatible Cisco chassis and network devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Cisco ecosystem—works with Cisco switches, routers, and fabric interconnects; check firmware compatibility for your exact device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty and Support: Refer to Cisco product warranty terms and regional variations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Cisco SFP+ Module\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare your device for installation by following the vendor’s hot-swap guidelines or powering down if required by your chassis policy; ensure you have anti-static precautions in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the SFP+ module into the appropriate slot until it securely latches in place; verify the module is oriented correctly and the notch aligns with the device slot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect your fiber cable to the LC duplex connector, confirming correct polarity (Tx to Rx) and ensuring you are using the appropriate fiber type and rating for your SR or LR configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower up the device (or resume operation if hot-swapped) and monitor the link status via the device’s management interface or status LEDs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun basic validation tests to confirm link integrity, throughput, and error counters; consult device logs for any warnings or faults and adjust settings if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this Cisco SFP+ Module compatible with all Cisco devices?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Compatibility generally covers Cisco devices that support SFP+ transceivers; always verify model-specific compatibility, firmware, and firmware revision requirements with Cisco’s official product documentation or your vendor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What variations are available (SR vs LR) and how do I choose?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: SR variants are designed for short-range links on multimode fiber (typically hundreds of meters), while LR variants support longer distances on single-mode fiber (up to several kilometers). Choose based on distance, fiber type, and link budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I replace the module without powering down the switch?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Many Cisco SFP+ modules support hot-swapping in compatible devices, allowing replacement with minimal downtime; always follow your device’s hot-swap procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What warranty comes with the module?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Warranty terms vary by region and product line; check Cisco’s warranty policy and your reseller agreement for exact coverage and support options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How can I verify performance after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Use the device management interface to monitor link status, data rate, error counters, and throughput; perform loopback tests if supported and review logs for any anomalies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910856466658,"sku":"7430315","price":3340.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175322349.jpg?v=1725531340"},{"product_id":"hpe-foundation-care-exchange-extended-service-3-year-service-r6300m24p-sfp-svc","title":"HPE Foundation Care Exchange - Extended Service - 3 Year - Service r6300m24p Sfp+svc","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe HPE Foundation Care Exchange - Extended Service is the ultimate support solution designed to optimize the performance and dependability of your IT infrastructure. With a focus on reducing downtime and enhancing productivity, this service seamlessly combines hardware replacement and software support specifically for Hewlett Packard Enterprise products. Experience hassle-free IT management with HPE Foundation Care Exchange, ensuring your systems are always operational and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid Hardware Exchange:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enjoy a reliable and swift parts exchange service for eligible HPE products, minimizing downtime and ensuring your operations remain uninterrupted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCost-Effective Alternative:\u003c\/strong\u003e The HPE Foundation Care Exchange service provides a convenient and budget-friendly solution compared to traditional onsite support, allowing your IT team to concentrate on critical business tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNext Business Day Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Experience peace of mind with the assurance of next business day replacement service response time, ensuring that necessary hardware is delivered quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComprehensive Software Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gain access to remote technical support and timely updates to software and reference manuals, keeping your systems optimally maintained and up-to-date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Year Service Duration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Benefit from an extended service duration of three years, specifically designed to maximize productivity and deliver timely results for your organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n    \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of HPE Foundation Care Exchange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService Duration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResponse Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Next Business Day Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended service for hardware and software support\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e New or equivalent-to-new hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftware Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote access to updates and patches\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n    \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install HPE Foundation Care Exchange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eInstalling the HPE Foundation Care Exchange service is a simple and straightforward process. Follow these steps to get started:\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003col\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003ePurchase the HPE Foundation Care Exchange service through an authorized HPE distributor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eOnce your order is confirmed, you will receive a service agreement containing all relevant details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eActivate your service by following the instructions provided in the service agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eConnect with HPE technical support for any initial setup assistance or questions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eBegin utilizing the hardware exchange and software support services as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n    \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the HPE Foundation Care Exchange service include?\u003c\/strong\u003e The service includes hardware exchange for eligible products and software support, which encompasses remote technical assistance and access to updates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly can I expect a replacement part?\u003c\/strong\u003e With the Next Business Day Replacement service, you can expect to receive your replacement part within one business day after your request is processed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs there any additional cost for shipping on hardware exchanges?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, HPE covers freight charges for the delivery of replacement products or parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I access software updates anytime?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, you can access software updates and reference manuals as soon as they are available, ensuring your systems are always up to date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if my HPE product requires more extensive repairs?\u003c\/strong\u003e For issues that require extensive repairs or maintenance, HPE technical resources will guide you through the necessary steps to resolve the problem and ensure system integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910867509474,"sku":"7120855","price":2246.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175322974.jpg?v=1755524236"},{"product_id":"cisco-24-port-400-100-gigabit-ethernet-qsfp-dd-line-card","title":"Cisco 24-port 400\/100 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP-DD Line Card","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eCisco 24-port 400\/100 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP-DD Line Card\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cisco 24-port 400\/100 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP-DD Line Card delivers dense, high-throughput connectivity designed for data-intensive environments where scale, reliability, and efficiency are paramount. Built to power modern data centers, enterprise networks, and service provider backbones, this line card enables organizations to architect flexible, future-proof fabrics that can handle today’s demanding workloads and tomorrow’s growth. With 24 QSFP-DD ports capable of delivering 400G or 100G per port, it provides a transformative density that reduces rack footprint, simplifies cabling, and streamlines management across large-scale deployments. Whether you’re deploying a spine-and-leaf topology, enabling ultra-low-latency interconnects for AI and analytics, or supporting multi-tenant cloud workloads, this Cisco line card is engineered to maximize throughput, minimize bottlenecks, and sustain performance under heavy traffic while maintaining robust security and operational simplicity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-density port footprint and scalable bandwidth:\u003c\/b\u003e 24 QSFP-DD ports deliver exceptional port density, supporting 400G or 100G per port to meet escalating data center requirements and minimize the number of devices in your fabric. This density helps you build larger, more efficient spine-leaf fabrics while reducing cabling complexity and power overhead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible speeds and breakout capabilities:\u003c\/b\u003e The line card offers flexible speed configurations to match evolving networks. It supports 400G and 100G operation with breakout options aligned to your topology, enabling smooth transitions from legacy 100G deployments to multi-terabit fabrics without requiring sweeping hardware changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOptimized for data center performance:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for high-throughput, low-latency operation, this line card supports rapid forwarding and efficient traffic management to ensure critical workloads—such as AI inference, real-time analytics, and high-frequency trading—achieve consistent, predictable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReliability, manageability, and serviceability:\u003c\/b\u003e The line card is designed with hot-swappable capabilities and robust error-detection mechanisms. Integrated with Cisco management ecosystems, it simplifies provisioning, monitoring, and firmware updates, reducing mean time to repair and helping guarantee service levels across the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity, policy control, and energy efficiency:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to support secure, policy-driven traffic flows, the card aligns with Cisco’s security and QoS features to isolate tenants and safeguard data. Its energy-conscious design helps reduce power consumption in dense deployments while maintaining thermal stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Cisco 24-port 400\/100 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP-DD Line Card\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePort configuration:\u003c\/b\u003e 24 QSFP-DD interfaces designed for high-density, scalable connectivity, operating at up to 400G or 100G per port depending on mode and breakout strategy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSupported speeds:\u003c\/b\u003e 400G and 100G Ethernet per port; supports breakout groupings such as 4x100G per QSFP or other configurations as permitted by the chassis and software.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eForm factor and compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Line card designed for use in Cisco Nexus data center switches and select Cisco platforms; hot-swappable and compatible with standard management protocols for easy integration into existing fabrics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower and cooling:\u003c\/b\u003e Optimized for dense deployments with efficient power usage and thermal management; requires appropriate chassis power allocation and cooling as specified by Cisco documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManagement and software:\u003c\/b\u003e Managed via Cisco DNA Center, Cisco DCNM, or CLI; supports firmware upgrades, port statistics, telemetry, and proactive monitoring to simplify ongoing operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStandards and interoperability:\u003c\/b\u003e Compliant with Ethernet standards and Cisco networking practices to ensure stable operation within supported topologies and mixed environments where applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Cisco 24-port 400\/100 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP-DD Line Card\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall with care in a supported Cisco chassis to ensure optimal performance and reliability. Prepare by verifying chassis compatibility, required power and cooling, and the appropriate QSFP-DD modules and cables for your breakout configuration. Perform installation during a planned maintenance window to minimize impact on production workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the chassis and power:\u003c\/b\u003e Confirm that the chassis supports the 24-port QSFP-DD line card and that sufficient power and cooling are available for dense operation. Follow all safety and electrostatic discharge precautions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRemove the current insert or slot cover:\u003c\/b\u003e If applicable, remove the existing filler panel and prepare the slot for the new line card according to the platform’s hardware guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstall the line card:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the line card with the backplane connectors and slide it firmly into the slot until it is seated. Secure any latches or screws per the platform’s guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnect necessary cables and configure breakout modes:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach QSFP-DD modules or cables to the ports in your planned breakout configuration (for example, 4x100G per QSFP or other supported schemes). Ensure cables meet vendor specifications for length and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower up and verify:\u003c\/b\u003e Power on the chassis and monitor the POST process. Use the management interface to verify the line card is recognized and that all ports report link status. Address any errors or port conflicts before production traffic starts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoftware and performance validation:\u003c\/b\u003e Load the latest approved firmware, perform basic connectivity tests, and run throughput benchmarks to confirm that the line card meets expected performance. Document results for change management and future audits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What networks is this line card intended for?\u003c\/b\u003e This line card is designed for data centers, enterprises, and service providers that require dense, scalable 400G\/100G connectivity and high-bandwidth interconnects across the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mix 400G and 100G ports on the same line card?\u003c\/b\u003e Per-port speed capability depends on the chassis configuration and breakout mode; many deployments support flexible breakout options and software-enabled speed configuration to suit diverse workloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this line card hot-swappable?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, in supported Cisco platforms, line cards are designed for hot-swapping to minimize downtime during maintenance and upgrades when proper procedures are followed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What management tools are supported?\u003c\/b\u003e Cisco DNA Center, Cisco DCNM, and CLI-based management are supported for provisioning, monitoring, and firmware updates. These tools provide telemetry, alerting, and centralized control for large-scale fabrics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the typical power requirement?\u003c\/b\u003e Power requirements vary by chassis, configuration, and breakout mode; consult the platform’s official datasheet for exact wattage and cooling guidelines to ensure proper capacity planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cisco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910887792866,"sku":"7431922","price":116867.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175325782.jpg?v=1725531966"}],"url":"https:\/\/pegasussonline.com\/collections\/sfp-modules.oembed?page=27","provider":"PEGASUSS ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}